patran 2008 r1 interface to abaqus preference guide
DESCRIPTION
This manual describes how to use the Patran ABAQUS interface to build and analyze a model with ABAQUS as the analysis code.TRANSCRIPT
Patran 2008 r1
Interface To ABAQUSPreference Guide
Worldwide Webwww.mscsoftware.com
DisclaimerThis documentation, as well as the software described in it, is furnished under license and may be used only in accordance with
the terms of such license.
MSC.Software Corporation reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained in this document
without prior notice.
The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for illustrative and educational purposes only, and are not
intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular engineering problem or design. MSC.Software Corporation assumes no
liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or indirect damages resulting from the use of any information
contained herein.
User Documentation: Copyright ©2008 MSC.Software Corporation. Printed in U.S.A. All Rights Reserved.
This notice shall be marked on any reproduction of this documentation, in whole or in part. Any reproduction or distribution of this
document, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of MSC.Software Corporation is prohibited.
The software described herein may contain certain third-party software that is protected by copyright and licensed from
MSC.Software suppliers. Contains IBM XL Fortran for AIX V8.1, Runtime Modules, (c) Copyright IBM Corporation 1990-2002,
All Rights Reserved.
MSC, MSC/, MSC Nastran, MD Nastran, MSC Fatigue, Marc, Patran, Dytran, and Laminate Modeler are trademarks or registered
trademarks of MSC.Software Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
NASTRAN is a registered trademark of NASA. PAM-CRASH is a trademark or registered trademark of ESI Group. SAMCEF is
a trademark or registered trademark of Samtech SA. LS-DYNA is a trademark or registered trademark of Livermore Software
Technology Corporation. ANSYS is a registered trademark of SAS IP, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ANSYS Inc. ACIS is a
registered trademark of Spatial Technology, Inc. ABAQUS, and CATIA are registered trademark of Dassault Systemes, SA.
EUCLID is a registered trademark of Matra Datavision Corporation. FLEXlm is a registered trademark of Macrovision
Corporation. HPGL is a trademark of Hewlett Packard. PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Inc. PTC, CADDS
and Pro/ENGINEER are trademarks or registered trademarks of Parametric Technology Corporation or its subsidiaries in the
United States and/or other countries. Unigraphics, Parasolid and I-DEAS are registered trademarks of UGS Corp. a Siemens
Group Company. All other brand names, product names or trademarks belong to their respective owners.
P3*2008R1*Z*ABAQUS*Z* DC-USR
Corporate Europe Asia Pacific
MSC.Software Corporation2 MacArthur PlaceSanta Ana, CA 92707 USATelephone: (800) 345-2078Fax: (714) 784-4056
MSC.Software GmbHAm Moosfeld 1381829 Munich, GermanyTelephone: (49) (89) 43 19 87 0Fax: (49) (89) 43 61 71 6
MSC.Software Japan Ltd.Shinjuku First West 8F23-7 Nishi Shinjuku1-Chome, Shinjuku-Ku Tokyo 160-0023, JAPANTelephone: (81) (3)-6911-1200Fax: (81) (3)-6911-1201
Con t en t s
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
1 Overview
Purpose 2
ABAQUS Product Information 3
What is Included with this Product? 4
Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran 5
Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File 7
2 Building A Model
Introduction to Building a Model 10
Coordinate Frames 22
Finite Elements 23
Nodes 23
Elements 25
Multi-Point Constraints 27
Material Library 51
Materials Form 52
Element Properties 90
Element Properties Form 90
Loads and Boundary Conditions 332
Loads & Boundary Conditions Form 332
Load Cases 351
Group 352
3 Running an Analysis
Review of the Analysis Form 354
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
ii
Analysis Form 355
Translation Parameters 357
Restart Parameters 358
Optional Controls 359
Direct Text Input 360
Step Creation 361
Select Load Cases 362
Output Requests 362
Direct Text Input 363
Solution Types 364
Step Selection 432
Read Input File 433
ABAQUS Input File Reader 435
Input Deck Formats 435
ABAQUS ELSET and NSET Entries 435
4 Read Results
Review of the Read Results Form 454
Upgrading ABAQUS ODB Results Files 454
Read Results Form 455
Flat File Results 456
Translation Parameters 457
Attach Method 457
Translate and Control File Methods 457
Select Results File 458
Results Created in Patran 458
Data Translated from the Analysis Code Results File 463
Key Differences between Attach and
Translate Methods 464
Result Type Naming Conventions 464
Vector vs. Scalar Moment and Rotational Results 464
Reaction Forces 465
Delete Result Attachment Form 466
iiiCONTENTS
5 Files
Files 468
6 Errors/Warnings
Errors/Warnings 470
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
iv
Chapter 1: Overview
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
1 Overview
� Purpose 2
� ABAQUS Product Information 3
� What is Included with this Product? 4
� Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran 5
� Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File 7
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuidePurpose
2
Purpose
Patran comprises a suite of products written and maintained by MSC.Software Corporation. The core of
the product suite is a finite element analysis pre and postprocessor. The Patran system also includes
several optional products such as advanced postprocessing programs, tightly coupled solvers, and
interfaces to third party solvers. This document describes one of these interfaces. See the Patran User
Manual for more information.
The Patran ABAQUS Application Preference Guide provides a communication link between Patran and
ABAQUS. It also provides customization of certain features that can be activated simply by selecting
ABAQUS as the analysis code preference in Patran.
Patran ABAQUS is integrated into Patran. The casual user will never need to be aware that separate
programs are being used. For the expert user, there are three main components of Patran ABAQUS:
several PCL files to provide the customization of Patran for ABAQUS, PAT3ABA to convert model data
from the Patran database into the analysis code input file, and ABAPAT3 to translate results and⁄or
model data from the analysis code results file into the Patran database.
Selecting ABAQUS as the analysis code under the “Analysis Preference” menu customizes Patran in five
main areas:
1. MPCs
2. Material Library
3. Element Library
4. Loads and Boundary Conditions
5. Analysis forms
PAT3ABA translates model data directly from the .Patran database into the analysis code-specific input
file format. This translation must have direct access to the originating Patran database. The program
name indicates the direction of translation: from Patran to ABAQUS.
ABAPAT3 translates results and⁄or model data from the analysis code-specific results file into the Patran
database. This program can be run such that the data is loaded directly into the Patran database, or if
incompatible computer platforms are being used, an intermediate file can be created. The program name
indicates the direction of translation: from ABAQUS to Patran.
3Chapter 1: OverviewABAQUS Product Information
ABAQUS Product Information
ABAQUS is a general-purpose finite element computer program for structural and thermal analyses. It
is developed, supported, and maintained by Hibbitt, Karlsson, and Sorensen, Inc., 1080 Main Street,
Pawtucket, Rhode Island 02860, (401) 727-4200. See the ABAQUS User’s Manual for a general
description of ABAQUS’ capabilities.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideWhat is Included with this Product?
4
What is Included with this Product?
The Patran ABAQUS product includes all of the following items:
1. A PCL library file, abaqus.plb, contains Patran ABAQUS-specific definitions.
2. The executable programs pat3aba and abapat3 which perform the forward and results
translation of data. Although these programs are separate executables, they are run from within
Patran, and are transparent to the user.
3. Script files are also included to drive the programs in item 2. These script files are started by
Patran and control the running of the programs in Patran ABAQUS.
4. This Application Preference User’s Manual is included as part of the product. An on-line version
is also provided to allow you direct access to this information from within Patran.
5Chapter 1: OverviewPatran ABAQUS Integration with Patran
Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran
Two diagrams are shown below to indicate how these files and programs fit into the Patran environment.
In some cases, site customization of some of these files is indicated. Please see the Patran Installation and
Operations Guide for more information on this topic.
Figure 1-1 shows the process of running an analysis. The abaqus.plb library defines the various
Translation Parameter, Solution Type, Solution Parameter, and Output Request forms called by the
Analysis form. When the Apply button is selected on the Analyze form, a.jba file is created, and the
script AbaqusSubmit is started. This script may need to be modified for your site installation. The
script, in turn, starts the PAT3ABA forward translation. Patran operation is suspended at this time.
PAT3ABA reads data from the database and creates the ABAQUS input deck. A message file is also
created to record any translation messages. If PAT3ABA finishes successfully, and you have requested
it, the script will then start ABAQUS.
Figure 1-1 Forward Translation
Figure 1-2 shows the process of reading information from an analysis results file. When the Apply button
is selected on the Read Results form, a .jbr file is created, depending on whether model or results
data is to be read. The ResultsSubmit script is also started. This script may need to be modified for
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuidePatran ABAQUS Integration with Patran
6
your site installation. The script, in turn, starts the ABAPAT3 results translation. The Patran database is
closed while this translation occurs. A message file is created to record any translation messages.
ABAPAT3 reads the data from the ABAQUS results file. If ABAPAT3 can find the desired database, the
results will be loaded directly into it. If, however, it cannot find the database (for example, if you are
running on several incompatible platforms), ABAPAT3 will write all the data into a flat file. This flat file
can be taken to wherever the database is and read in using the read file selections.
Figure 1-2 Results Translation
7Chapter 1: OverviewConfiguring the ABAQUS Submit File
Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File
The AbaqusSubmit script file controls the execution of the PAT3ABA translator and the ABAQUS
analysis code. It is located in the Patran directory called
<installation_dir>/patran/patran3/bin/exe/
The information that AbaqusSubmit uses to perform its operations can be categorized as specific to the
job and the site. The job specific information is automatically supplied by Patran as command line
arguments at run time. The site specific information is set within the script file at the time of installation.
Host=LOCALScratchdir=”Acommand=’abaqus’
The Host parameter defines the machine that is used to perform the ABAQUS analysis. When this
parameter is set to LOCAL, the analysis is performed on the same machine as the Patran session
(PAT3ABA translations are always performed on the same machine as the Patran session.)
The Scratchdir parameter defines the directory on the host machine that temporarily holds the
analysis files as they are created. The advantage of having a scratch directory is that the contents of the
analysis scratch files are never transferred across the network. This benefit is not achieved when the Host
parameter is set to LOCAL, so the Scratchdir parameter is ignored for this condition.
The Acommand is the ABAQUS analysis code executable. If the Host is not LOCAL then the executable
should include the complete pathname.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideConfiguring the ABAQUS Submit File
8
Chapter 2: Building A Model
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
2 Building A Model
� Introduction to Building a Model 10
� Coordinate Frames 22
� Finite Elements 23
� Material Library 51
� Element Properties 90
� Loads and Boundary Conditions 332
� Load Cases 351
� Group 352
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideIntroduction to Building a Model
10
Introduction to Building a Model
There are many aspects to building a finite element analysis model. In several cases, the forms used to
create the finite element data are dependent on the selected analysis type. Other parts of the model are
created using standard forms.
Under Preferences on the Patran main form is a selection for Analysis Settings. Analysis Settings defines
the intended analysis code which is to be used for this mode.
The specified code may be changed at any time during model creation. As much data as possible will be
converted if the analysis code is changed after the modeling process has already begun. The setting of
this option defines what will be presented in several areas during the subsequent modeling steps.
These areas include the material and element libraries (including multi-point constraints), the applicable
loads and boundary conditions, and the analysis forms. The selected Analysis Type may also affect the
allowable selections in these same areas. For more details, see Analysis Codes (p. 426) in the Patran
Reference Manual.
11Chapter 2: Building A ModelIntroduction to Building a Model
Supported ABAQUS Commands
The following tables summarize all the ABAQUS commands supported by the Patran ABAQUS
Preference Guide. The tables indicate where in this guide you can find more information on how the
commands are supported
Table 2-1 Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options
History Definition Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/ Standard Section #
Initial Options ∗HEADING • p. 334 7.2.1
Node Definition ∗NODE • p. 18 7.3.6
∗NSET • p. 18 7.3.8
∗TRANSFORM • p. 16 7.3.11
Element
Definition
∗ELEMENT • p. 19 7.4.2
∗ELSET • p. 328 7.4.2
∗RIGID SURFACE • p. 154, p. 155, p. 156 p. 261 7.4.7
∗SLIDE LINE • p. 147 7.4.8
Property
Definition
∗BEAM GENERAL
SECTION
• p. 106, p. 113, p. 121 7.5.2
∗BEAM SECTION • p. 108, p. 115 to p. 119, 7.5.3
*CENTROID • p. 114 7.5.2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideIntroduction to Building a Model
12
∗DASHPOT • p. 100, p. 101, p. 128 to p. 131 7.5.5
∗FRICTION • p. 102 to p. 104, p. 132, p. 133, 7.5.7
• p. 136 to p. 145, p. 148 to p. 152
• p. 255 to p. 259, p. 289
Property
Definition
(continued)
∗GAP • p. 132, p. 133, p. 294, p. 298 7.5.8
• p. 300
*GAP
CONDUCTANCE
*GAP RADIATION
• p. 294, p. 298, p. 300
∗HOURGLASS
STIFFNESS
• p. 232, p. 235, p. 238, p. 241, 7.5.13
• p. 244, p. 246, p. 248, p. 251,
• p. 252, p. 254, p. 287
∗INTERFACE • p. 102, p. 104, p. 136, p. 138, 7.5.14
• p. 140, p. 142, p. 145, p. 148,
• p. 150, p. 152, p. 255, p. 257,
• p. 259, p. 289, p. 294, p. 298,
• p. 300
∗MASS • p. 96 7.5.17
∗ROTARY INERTIA • p. 97 7.5.18
∗SHELL GENERAL
SECTION
• p. 238, p. 241, p. 246 7.5.19
∗SHELL SECTION • p. 80, p. 134, p. 135, p. 232, 7.5.20
• p. 234, p. 235, p. 237, p. 244,
• p. 292, p. 293, p. 295, p. 296
∗SOLID SECTION • p. 123, p. 248, p. 251, p. 252, 7.5.21
• p. 254, p. 287, p. 291, p. 297,
• p. 299
∗SPRING • p. 98, p. 99, p. 124 to p. 127
∗SURFACE
CONTACT
• p. 103, p. 136, p. 255, p. 257, 7.5.26
• p. 259, p. 289
Table 2-1 Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options (continued)
History Definition Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/ Standard Section #
13Chapter 2: Building A ModelIntroduction to Building a Model
∗TRANSVERSE
SHEAR STIFFNESS
• p. 107, p. 108, p. 110, p. 113, 7.5.27
• p. 115, p. 119, p. 121, p. 232,
• p. 234, p. 235, p. 237, p. 238,
• p. 241, p. 244, p. 246
Material
Definition
∗MATERIAL • p. 44 7.6.2
∗CAP HARDENING • p. 69 7.6.4
∗COMBINED TEST
DATA
• p. 69
∗CAP PLASTICITY • p. 69 7.6.5
∗CONDUCTIVITY • p. 77, p. 78, p. 79 7.6.8
∗CREEP • p. 70, p. 71 7.6.9
∗DAMPING • p. 49, p. 72 to p. 75 7.6.11
∗DEFORMATION
PLASTICITY
• p. 64 7.6.12
∗DENSITY p. 49 to p. 59, p. 72 to p. 79 7.6.13
Material
Definition
(continued)
∗DRUCKER-PRAGER • p. 69 7.6.16
∗ELASTIC • p. 49, p. 72, p. 73, p. 74, 7.6.17
• p. 75
∗EXPANSION p. 49 to p. 59, p. 72 to p. 79 7.6.18
∗HYPERELASTIC p. 51 to p. 56 7.6.22
∗HYPERFOAM • p. 57, p. 59 7.6.23
∗LATENT HEAT • p. 57, p. 59 7.6.27
∗NO COMPRESSION • p. 57, p. 59 7.6.29
∗NO TENSION • p. 57, p. 59 7.6.30
∗PLANAR TEST
DATA
• p. 69
∗PLASTIC • p. 65, p. 66, p. 67 7.6.34
∗POTENTIAL • p. 65 to p. 67, p. 70, p. 71 7.6.37
∗RATE DEPENDENT • p. 65 to p. 68
∗SHEAR TEST DATA • p. 69
Table 2-1 Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options (continued)
History Definition Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/ Standard Section #
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideIntroduction to Building a Model
14
∗SIMPLE SHEAR
TEST DATA
• p. 69
∗SPECIFIC HEAT • p. 77, p. 78, p. 79 7.6.40
∗UNIAXIAL TEST
DATA
• p. 69
∗VISCOELASTIC • p. 60, p. 61, p. 62, p. 63 7.6.43
∗VOLUMETRIC TEST
DATA
• p. 69
*YIELD • p. 68 7.6.44
Material
Orientation
∗ORIENTATION • p. 80, p. 232, p. 234, p. 235, 7.7.1
p. 237, p. 238, p. 241, p. 244,
p. 246, p. 248, p. 251, p. 287,
p. 295, p. 296, p. 297, p. 299
Kinematic
Constraints
∗BOUNDARY • p. 313, p. 317, p. 318 9.5.1
∗EQUATION • p. 24 7.8.3
∗MPC • p. 25 to p. 42 7.8.4
Initial Conditions ∗INITIAL
CONDITIONS
• p. 316, p. 326 7.9.1
Restart Options ∗RESTART • p. 332 7.10.1
Miscellaneous
Model Options
∗AMPLITUDE • p. 346 7.11.1
∗PSD-DEFINITION • p. 378 7.11.3
∗SPECTRUM • p. 374 7.11.5
∗WAVEFRONT
MINIMIZATION
• p. 334 7.11.9
Table 2-1 Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options (continued)
History Definition Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/ Standard Section #
15Chapter 2: Building A ModelIntroduction to Building a Model
The following ABAQUS History Definition options are supported.
Table 2-2 Supported ABAQUS History Definition Options
History Definition Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/ Standard Section
No.
Step Initialization/
Termination
*STEP • p. 336, p. 346, p. 382, p. 386, 9.2.1
p. 390, p. 394, p. 402
∗END STEP • p. 336 9.2.2
Procedure
Definition
∗BUCKLE • p. 349 9.3.2
∗DYNAMIC • p. 352, p. 386 9.3.4
∗FREQUENCY • p. 359, p. 366, p. 374, p. 377 9.3.5
∗HEAT TRANSFER • p. 401, p. 402 9.3.7
∗MODAL DYNAMIC • p. 359 9.3.8
∗RANDOM RESPONSE • p. 377 9.3.9
∗RESPONSE
SPECTRUM
• p. 374 9.3.10
∗STATIC • p. 382 9.3.12
∗STEADY STATE
DYNAMICS
• p. 366, p. 370 9.3.13
∗VISCO • p. 390, p. 394 9.3.15
Loading Definition ∗BASE MOTION • p. 359, p. 365, p. 366 9.4.2
∗CFLUX • p. 325 9.4.4
∗CLOAD • p. 313 9.4.5
∗DFLUX • p. 325 9.4.9
∗DLOAD • p. 314, p. 316 9.4.10
∗FILM • p. 324 9.4.12
∗TEMPERATURE • p. 314 9.4.18
Prescribed
Boundary
Conditions
∗BOUNDARY • p. 318 9.5.1
Miscellaneous
History Options
∗CORRELATION • p. 377 9.4.6
∗MODAL DAMPING • p. 359 to p. 364 9.6.6
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideIntroduction to Building a Model
16
The following ABAQUS element types are supported.
Print Definition ∗EL PRINT • p. 338 9.8.2
∗ENERGY PRINT • p. 338 9.8.3
∗MODAL PRINT • p. 338 9.8.4
∗NODE PRINT • p. 338 9.8.6
∗PRINT • p. 338 9.8.7
File Output
Definition
∗EL FILE • p. 338 9.9.2
∗ELEMENT MATRIX
OUTPUT
• p. 338
∗ENERGY FILE • p. 338 9.9.3
FILE FORMAT • p. 338 9.9.4
∗MODAL FILE • p. 338 9.9.5
∗NODE FILE • p. 338 9.9.6
∗PREPRINT • p. 338
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page
No.
Stress-Displacement Elements
Beam Elements
Two-dimensional B21
B21H
B22
B22H
B23
B23H
• p. 106, p. 108
Three-dimensional B31
B31H
B32
B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• p. 113, p. 115, p. 119
Three-dimensional
Open Section
B31OS
B31OSH
B32OS
B32OSH
• p. 121
Table 2-2 Supported ABAQUS History Definition Options (continued)
History Definition Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/ Standard Section
No.
17Chapter 2: Building A ModelIntroduction to Building a Model
Stress-Displacement Elements
Beam Elements
One-dimensional C1D2
C1D2H
C1D3
C1D3H
• p. 123
Axisymmetric CAX3
CAX3H
CAX4
CAX4H
CAX4I
CAX4IH
CAX4R
CAX4RH
CAX6
CAX6H
CAX8
CAX8H
CAX8R
CAX8RH
• p. 252
Axisymmetric with
twist
CGAX3
CGAX3H
CGAX4
CGAX4H
CGAX4R
CGAX4RH
CGAX6
CGAX6H
CGAX8
CGAX8H
CGAX8R
CGAX8RH
• p. 253
Plane Strain CPE3
CPE3H
CPE4
CPE4H
CPE4I
CPE4IH
CPE4R
CPE4RH
CPE6
CPE6H
CPE6M
CPE6MH
CPE8
CPE8H
CPE8R
CPE8RH
• p. 248
Generalized Plane
Strain
CGPE5
CGPE5H
CGPE6
CGPE6H
CGPE6I
CGPE6IH
CGPE6R
CGPE6RH
CGPE8
CGPE8H
CGPE10
CGPE10H
CGPE10R
CGPE10RH
• p. 249
Plane Stress CPS3
CPS4
CPS4I
CPS4R
CPS6
CPS6M
CPS8
CPS8R
• p. 251
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued)
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page
No.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideIntroduction to Building a Model
18
Stress-Displacement Elements
Beam Elements
Three-dimensional C3D4
C3D4H
C3D6
C3D6H
C3D8
C3D8H
C3D8I
C3D8IH
C3D8R
C3D8RH
C3D10
C3D10HC3
D10M
C3D10MH
C3D15
C3D15H
C3D20
C3D20H
C3D20R
C3D20RH
C3D27
C3D27H
C3D27R
C3D27RH
• p. 287
Membrane Elements
Membrane Elements M3D3
M3D4
M3D4R
M3D6
M3D8
M3D8R
M3D9
M3D9R
• p. 254
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued)
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page
No.
19Chapter 2: Building A ModelIntroduction to Building a Model
Stress-Displacement Elements
Shell Elements
Shell S3RF S4RF • p. 244, p. 246
S4R STRI3 • p. 235, p. 237, p. 241
S4R5 S9R5 • p. 232, p. 234, p. 238
S8R • p. 40, p. 41, p. 235,
p. 237, p. 241
S8R5 • p. 40, p. 41, p. 232,
p. 234, p. 238
STRI35 • p. 232, p. 234, p. 238
STRI65 • p. 232, p. 234, p. 235,
p. 237, p. 238, p. 241
Special Elements
Axisymmetric SAX1 SAX2 • p. 134, p. 135
Elbow Elements
Elbow Elements ELBOW31
ELBOW31B
ELBOW31C
ELBOW32
• p. 117
Spring Elements
Spring Elements SPRING1 • p. 98, p. 99
SPRING2 • p. 125, p. 127
SPRINGA • p. 124, p. 126
Dashpot Elements
Dashpot Elements DASHPOT1 • p. 100
DASHPOT2 • p. 101, p. 129, p. 131
DASHPOTA • p. 128, p. 130
Mass Element
Mass Element MASS • p. 96
Rotary Inertia Element
Rotary Inertia Element ROTARY1 • p. 97
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued)
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page
No.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideIntroduction to Building a Model
20
Special Elements
Gap Elements
Gap Elements GAPCYL • p. 132
GAPSPHER • p. 133
GAPUNI • p. 132
Small Sliding Contact Elements
Interface INTER1 • p. 136
INTER2 INTER3 • p. 255
INTER4
INTER8
INTER9 • p. 289
Axisymmetric INTER2A INTER3A • p. 257
Rigid Surface Contact Elements
Rigid Surface IRS3
IRS4
IRS9 • p. 259
IRS12 • p. 102
IRS13 • p. 104
IRS21 IRS22 • p. 148
IRS31 IRS32 • p. 152
Axisymmetric IRS21A IRS22A • p. 150
Slide Line Contact Elements
Two-dimensional ISL21 ISL22 • p. 138, p. 147
Three-dimensional ISL31 ISL32 • p. 142, p. 147
Axisymmetric ISL21A ISL22A • p. 140, p. 147
ISL31A ISL32A • p. 145, p. 147
Heat Transfer Elements
Heat Transfer Elements
Axisymmetric DCAX3
DCAX4
DCAX6
DCAX8
• p. 297
Axisymmetric
Convection/Diffusion
DCCAX2 DCCAX2D
DCCAX4 DCCAX4D • p. 297
One-dimensional DC1D2 DC1D3 • p. 291
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued)
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page
No.
21Chapter 2: Building A ModelIntroduction to Building a Model
Heat Transfer Elements
Heat Transfer Elements
Two-dimensional DC2D3
DC2D4
DC2D6
DC2D8
• p. 297
Two-dimensional
Convection/Diffusion
DCC2D4
DCC2D4D
• p. 297
Three-dimensional DC3D4
DC3D6
DC3D8
DC3D10
DC3D15
DC3D20
• p. 299
Three-dimensional
Convection/Diffusion
DCC3D8 DCC3D8D • p. 299
Interface Elements DINTER1 • p. 294
DINTER2 DINTER3 • p. 298
DINTER4 DINTER8 • p. 300
Interface Elements,
Axisymmetric
DINTER2A
DINTER3A
• p. 298
Shell Elements DS4
DS8
• p. 295, p. 296
Shell Elements,
Axisymmetric
DSAX1
DSAX2
• p. 292, p. 293
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued)
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page
No.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideCoordinate Frames
22
Coordinate Frames
Coordinate frames will generate different ABAQUS input, depending on the use of the coordinate frame.
Unreferenced coordinate frames will not be translated into ABAQUS.
If a node references a coordinate frame in the Analysis Coordinate Frame field, the nodal degrees-of-
freedom will be rotated into that system through the use of the *TRANSFORM option. All vector type
loads or boundary conditions must reference the same coordinate frame as the node.
If a coordinate frame is referenced for element property orientation, the appropriate *ORIENTATION
option will be created.
23Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Finite Elements
Finite Elements in Patran allows the definition of basic finite element constructs, including the creation
of nodes, element topology, and multi-point constraints.
Nodes
The nodes form will generate the ∗klab option (see Section 7.3.6 in the ABAQUS / Standard
User’s Manual).
The name of the node set to which the nodes will be assigned will be based on the associated analysis
coordinate frame number. For example, creating nodes in analysis coordinate frame “Coord 1" will
generate the ABAQUS option ∗NSET, NSET=CID1.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
24
25Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Elements
Finite elements in Patran simply assigns element topology, such as Quad⁄4, for standard finite elements.
The type of element to be created is not determined until the element properties are assigned. See Element
Properties Form for details concerning the ABAQUS element types. Elements can be created either
discretely using the Element object, or indirectly using the Mesh object.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
26
27Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Multi-Point Constraints
Multi-point constraints (MPCs) can also be created from the Finite Elements menu. These are special
element types which define a rigorous behavior between several specified nodes. The forms for creating
MPCs are found by selecting MPC as the Object on the Finite Elements form. The full functionality of
the MPC forms are defined in Create Action (FEM Entities) (Ch. 3) in the Reference Manual - Part III .
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
28
MPC Types
To create an MPC, you must first select the type of MPC you want to create from an option menu. The
types that will appear in this option menu are dependent on the current Analysis Type preference setting.
The following table describes the MPC types that are supported.
MPC Type Analysis Type Description
Explicit Structural
Thermal
Creates an ∗EQUATION option which defines an explicit
MPC between a dependent degree-of-freedom and one or
more independent degrees-of-freedom. The dependent term
consists of a node ID and a degree-of-freedom, while an
independent term consists of a coefficient, a node ID, and a
degree-of-freedom. An unlimited number of independent
terms and one dependent term can be specified.
Rigid (Fixed) Structural Creates a BEAM type MPC between one independent node
and one or more dependent nodes in which all six structural
degrees-of-freedom are rigidly attached to each other. An
unlimited number of dependent terms and one independent
term can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
Rigid (Pinned) Structural Creates a LINK type MPC between one independent node
and one or more dependent nodes in which only the three
translational structural degrees-of-freedom are rigidly
attached to each other. An unlimited number of dependent
terms and one independent term can be specified. Each term
consists of a single node.
Linear Surf-Surf Structural
Thermal
Creates a LINEAR type MPC between a dependent node on
one linear 2D element and two independent nodes on
another linear 2D element to model a continuum. One
dependent and two independent terms can be specified.
Each term consists of a single node.
Linear Surf-Vol Structural Creates an SS LINEAR type MPC between a dependent
node on a linear 2D plate element and two independent
nodes on a linear 3D solid element to connect the plate
element to the solid element. One dependent and two
independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a
single node.
Linear Vol-Vol Structural
Thermal
Creates a BILINEAR type MPC between a dependent node
on one linear 3D solid element and four independent nodes
on another linear 3D solid element to model a continuum.
One dependent and four independent terms can be
specified. Each term consists of a single node.
29Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Quad. Surf-Surf Structural Creates a QUADRATIC type MPC between a dependent
node on one quadratic 2D element and three independent
nodes on another quadratic 2D element to model a
continuum. One dependent and three independent terms can
be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
Quad. Surf-Vol Structural Creates an SS BILINEAR type MPC between a dependent
node on a quadratic 2D plate element and three independent
nodes on a quadratic 3D solid element to connect the plate
element to the solid element. One dependent and three
independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a
single node.
Quad. Vol-Vol Structural Creates a C BIQUAD type MPC between a dependent node
on one quadratic 3D solid and eight independent nodes on
another quadratic 3D solid element to model a continuum.
One dependent and eight independent terms can be
specified. Each term consists of a single node.
Slider Structural Creates a SLIDER type MPC between one dependent node
and two independent nodes which forces the dependent
node to move along the vector defined by the two
independent nodes. One dependent and two independent
terms can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
Elbow Structural Creates an ELBOW type MPC which constrains two nodes
of ELBOW31 or ELBOW32 elements together. One
dependent and one independent terms can be specified.
Each term consists of a single node.
Tie Structural Creates a TIE type MPC which makes all active degrees-of-
freedom equal at two nodes. One dependent and one
independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a
single node.
Revolute Structural Creates a REVOLUTE type MPC which defines a revolute
joint. One dependent and two independent terms can be
specified. Each term consists of a single node.
V Local Structural Creates a V LOCAL type MPC which constrains the
velocity components at the first node to be equal to the
velocity components at the third node along local, rotating,
directions. These local directions rotate according to the
rotation at the second node. One dependent and two
independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a
single node.
MPC Type Analysis Type Description
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
30
Degrees-of-Freedom
Whenever a list of degrees-of-freedom is expected for an MPC term, a listbox containing the valid
degrees-of-freedom is displayed on the form. A degree-of-freedom is valid if:
1. It is valid for the current Analysis Type Preference.
2. It is valid for the selected MPC type.
In most cases, all degrees-of-freedom which are valid for the current Analysis Type preference are valid
for the MPC type.
The following degrees-of-freedom are supported by the Patran ABAQUS MPCs for the various
analysis types:
Universal Structural Creates a UNIVERSAL type MPC which defines a
universal joint. One dependent and three independent
terms can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
SS Linear Structural Creates an SS LINEAR type MPC which constrains a shell
node to a line of solid nodes for linear elements. One
dependent and an unlimited number of independent terms
can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
SS Bilinear Structural Creates an SS BILINEAR type MPC which constrains a
shell node to a line of solid nodes for quadratic elements.
One dependent and an unlimited number of independent
terms can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
SSF Bilinear Structural Creates an SSF BILINEAR type MPC which constrains a
mid-side shell node to a line of mid-face solid nodes for
quadratic elements. One dependent and an unlimited
number of independent terms can be specified. Each term
consists of a single node.
Degrees-of-Freedom Analysis Type
UX Structural
UY Structural
UZ Structural
RX Structural
RY Structural
RZ Structural
Temperature Thermal
MPC Type Analysis Type Description
31Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Explicit MPCs
Creates an *EQUATION option. (See Section 7.8.3 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). No
constant term is allowed for this type of equation. The A1 multiplier for the dependent term will be set
to -1.0 to create the desired equation.
Note: Care must be taken to make sure that a degree-of-freedom selected for an MPC actually exists
at the nodes. For example, a node that is attached only to solid structural elements will not have
any rotational degrees-of-freedom. However, Patran will allow you to select rotational degrees-
of-freedom at this node when defining an MPC.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
32
Rigid (Fixed) MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type BEAM for each dependent node (see Section 7.8.4 in the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This provides a rigid beam between two nodes to constrain the
displacement and rotation at the first node to the displacement and rotation at the second node,
corresponding to the presence of a rigid beam between the two nodes.
33Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Rigid (Pinned) MPCs
Creates an *MPC of type LINK for each dependent node (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual). This provides a pinned rigid link between two nodes in order to keep the distance
between the two nodes constant. The displacements of the first node are modified to enforce this
constraint. The rotations at the nodes, if any, are not involved in this constraint.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
34
Linear Surf-Surf MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type LINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
This is the standard method for mesh refinement of first-order elements.
This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated linearly from the
corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes
.
Note: Linear Surf-Surf and Linear Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS ∗MPC type LINEAR.
35Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Linear Surf-Vol MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SS LINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual).
This is the standard method for mesh refinement of first-order elements. This MPC constrains each
degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated linearly from the corresponding degrees-of-
freedom at the independent nodes.
Note: Linear Surf-Surf and Linear Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS ∗MPC type SS
LINEAR.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
36
Linear Vol-Vol MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type BILINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This is a standard method for mesh refinement of first-order solid elements in three dimensions.
This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated bilinearly from
the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes.
37Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Quad. Surf-Surf MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type QUADRATIC (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This is a standard method for mesh refinement of second-order elements.
This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated quadratically from
the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes.
Note: Quad Surf-Surf and Quad Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS *MPC type
QUADRATIC
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
38
Quad. Surf-Vol MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SS BILINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This is a standard method for mesh refinement of second-order elements.
This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated quadratically from
the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes.
Note: Quad Surf-Surf and Quad Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS ∗MPC type SS
BILINEAR.
39Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Quad. Vol-Vol MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type C BIQUAD (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This is a standard method for mesh refinement of second-order solid elements in three
dimensions.
This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated by a constrained
biquadratic from the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the eight independent nodes.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
40
Slider MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SLIDER (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
This MPC will keep a node on a straight line defined by two other nodes, but allows the possibility of
moving along the line, and the line to change length.
41Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
42
Elbow MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type ELBOW (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
This MPC constrains two ELBOW31 or ELBOW32 elements together, where the cross-sectional
direction changes.
43Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Pin MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type PIN (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This
MPC provides a pinned joint between two nodes. This makes the displacements equal, but leaves the
rotations, if they exist, independent of each other.
Tie MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type TIE (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This
MPC makes all active degrees-of-freedom equal at two nodes.
If there are different degrees-of-freedom active at the two nodes, only those in common will be
constrained. It is usually used to join two parts of a mesh when corresponding nodes on the two parts are
to be fully connected.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
44
Revolute MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type REVOLUTE (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual).
45Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
46
V Local MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type V LOCAL (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
47Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
Universal MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type UNIVERSAL (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual).
SS Linear MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SS LINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This MPC is used to constrain a shell node to a solid node line for linear elements (S4R or
S4R5; C3D8, C3D8R; SAX1; CAX4; etc.) or for midside lines on quadratic elements (S8R, S8R5;
C3D20, C3D20R; etc.).
This MPC is only valid for small rotations.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
48
SS Bilinear MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SS BILINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This MPC is used to constrain a corner node of a quadratic shell element (S8R, S8R5) to a line
of edge nodes on 20-node bricks.
This MPC is only valid for small rotations.
49Chapter 2: Building A ModelFinite Elements
SSF Bilinear MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SSF BILINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This MPC is used to constrain a corner node of a quadratic shell element (S8R, S8R5) to a line
of edge nodes on 20-node bricks.
This MPC is only valid for small rotations.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFinite Elements
50
51Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterial Library
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Material Library
Selecting Materials from this Patran window displays the main form for the creation of materials. The
following sections provide an introduction to the Materials form, followed by the details of all the
material property definitions supported by the Patran ABAQUS Application Interface.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
52
Materials Form
The Materials form shown below provides the following options for the purpose of creating
ABAQUS materials.
Change Material Status
The approach to defining material properties in Patran is similar to that in ABAQUS; the complete
material model is defined by individually defining the necessary constitutive models. For example, to
define a material for a plasticity analysis, one would first define the elastic properties and select Apply.
Then the plastic properties are defined by selecting Plastic as Option 1, the yield criteria as Option 2, the
hardening law as Option 3, entering the appropriate data and pushing Apply.
53Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Not all constitutive model options are valid for a particular material in a particular ABAQUS analysis.
For example, it is not permissible to have both elastic and hyperelastic properties defined for the same
ABAQUS material. Patran, however, allows these different constitutive models to be defined and then
“deactivated” for a given ABAQUS analysis. This is done on the form displayed when the Change
Material Status button is selected on the main Materials form. For example, if a user defines both Elastic
and Hyperelastic properties for a given material, one of these constitutive options must be deactivated on
the Change Material Status form before initiating the ABAQUS analysis.
Temperature Dependence
ABAQUS allows most material properties to be functions of temperature. The ABAQUS interface in
Patran generally supports this as well. The first step in defining a temperature dependent material
property is to define a temperature dependent material field in the Fields application. This field can then
be selected from a listbox on the Materials, Input Options form. When the databox for a material property
that may be temperature dependent is selected, the fields listbox appears.
The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Action is set to Create and
the Analysis Type in the Analysis Preference form is set to Structural. The various options have different
names, depending on previous selections.
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic • Elastic Material Failure Theory
Hyperelastic Incompressible Test Data
• Ogden
• Polynomial
Coefficients
• Ogden
• Mooney Rivlin
• Neo Hookean
• Polynomial
Slightly Compressible Test Data
• Ogden
• Polynomial
Coefficients
• Ogden
• Polynomial
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
54
Compressible Test Data
• Ogden
Coefficients
• Ogden
Viscoelastic Frequency • Formula
• Tabular
Time • Prony
• Creep Test Data
• Combined Creep Test Data
• Relaxation Test Data
• Combined Relax Test Data
• Deformation
Plasticity
Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity
• Isotropic
• Kinematic
• Drucker-Prager Compression
Tension
Shear
Modified D-Prager/Cap Cap Hardening
Creep • Time
• Strain
• Hyperbolic
2D Orthotropic (Lamina)
• Elastic Material Failure Theory
Viscoelastic Frequency • Formula
Tabular
Time • Prony
• Creep Test Data
Combined Creep Test Data
• Relaxation Test Data
Combined Relax Test Data
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
55Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity
• Isotropic
• Kinematic
• Drucker-Prager Compression
Tension
Shear
Modified D-Prager/Cap Cap Hardening
Creep • Time
• Strain
• Hyperbolic
3D Orthotropic
• Elastic Engineering Constants
• [D] Matrix
Material Failure Theory
Viscoelastic Frequency • Formula
Tabular
Time • Prony
• Creep Test Data
Combined Creep Test Data
• Relaxation Test Data
Combined Relax Test Data
Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity
• Isotropic
• Kinematic
• Drucker-Prager Compression
Tension
Shear
Modified D-Prager/Cap Cap Hardening
Creep • Time
• Strain
• Hyperbolic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
56
3D Anisotropic
• Elastic [D] Matrix Material Failure Theory
Viscoelastic Frequency • Formula
Tabular
Time • Prony
• Creep Test Data
Combined Creep Test Data
• Relaxation Test Data
Combined Relax Test Data
Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity
• Isotropic
• Kinematic
• Drucker-Prager Compression
Tension
Shear
Modified D-Prager/Cap Cap Hardening
Creep • Time
• Strain
• Hyperbolic
Composite • Laminate
Rule of Mixtures
HAL Cont. Fiber
HAL Disc. Fiber
HAL Cont. Ribbon
HAL Disc. Ribbon
HAL Particulate
Short Fiber 1D
Short Fiber 2D
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
57Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Action is set to Create and
the Analysis Type is set to Thermal in the Analysis Preference form. The various options have different
names, depending on previous selections.
Object Option 1
Isotropic Thermal
3D Orthotropic Thermal
3D Anisotropic
Composite Laminate
Rule of Mixtures
HAL Cont. Fiber
HAL Disc. Fiber
HAL Cont. Ribbon
HAL Disc. Ribbon
HAL Particulate
Short Fiber 1D
Short Fiber 2D
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
58
Isotropic
Elastic
Object Option 1 Option 2
Isotropic Elastic Material Failure Theory
59Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
More data input is available for defining the Elastic properties for the Isotropic materials. Listed below
are the descriptions for the remaining material properties.
Property Name Description
Reference Temperature This is the reference value of temperature for the coefficient of
thermal expansion. The thermal strain in the material is based on
the difference between the current temperature and this reference
value (default is 0.0).
Thermal Expansion Coeff Coefficient of thermal expansion for the isotropic material.
Fraction Critical Damping Set this parameter equal to the fraction of critical damping to be
used with this material in calculating composite damping factors
for the modes (for use in modal dynamics). The default is 0.0. The
value is ignored in direct integration dynamics.
Mass Propornl Damping Factor for mass proportional damping in direct integration
dynamics (default = 0.0). This value is ignored in modal dynamics.
Stiffness Propornl Damping Factor for stiffness proportional damping in direct integration
dynamics (default = 0.0). This value is ignored in modal dynamics.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
60
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Incompressible Test Data -
Ogden
Polynomial
61Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Incompressible Coefficients - Ogden
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
62
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Incompressible Coefficients -
Moony Rivlin
Neo Hookean
Polynomial
63Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Slightly Compressible Test Data -
Ogden
Polynomial
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
64
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Slightly Compressible Coefficients - Ogden
65Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Slightly Compressible Coefficients - Polynomial
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
66
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Compressible Test Data - Ogden
67Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
More data input is available for defining the Hyperelastic properties. Listed below are the descriptions
for the remaining material properties.
Property Name Description
Volumetric Pressure Material field defining volume ratio (current volume/original
volume) as a function of pressure. This field appears on the
*VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA sub option.
Poisson’s Ratio Effective Poisson’s ratio of the material which will be equal to all
. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the
*HYPERFOAM option. If no value is given, the lateral strains
should be entered.
Density Defines the material mass density. This quantity appears on the
*DENSITY option.
Thermal Expansion Coeff Coefficient of thermal expansion for the isotropic material. This
parameter appears as a on the *EXPANSION option.
νi
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
68
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Compressible Coefficients - Ogden
69Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Viscoelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Viscoelastic Frequency Tabular
Formula
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
70
Viscoelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Viscoelastic Time Prony
71Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Viscoelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Viscoelastic Time Creep Test Data
Combined Creep Test Data
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
72
Viscoelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Viscoelastic Time Relaxation Test Data
Combined Relax Test Data
73Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Deformation Plasticity
Object Option 1
Isotropic Deformation Plasticity
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
74
Plastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Plastic Mises/Hill Perfect Plasticity
75Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Plastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2DOrthotropic,
3DOrthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Plastic Mises/Hill Isotropic
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
76
Plastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3DOrthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Plastic Mises/Hill Kinematic
77Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Plastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Plastic Drucker-Prager Compression
Tension
Shear
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
78
Plastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Plastic Modified
D-Prager/Cap
Cap Hardening
79Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
CrÉep
Object Option 1 Option 2
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Creep Time
Strain
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
80
Creep
Object Option 1 Option 2
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Creep Hyperbolic
81Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
2D Orthotropic (Lamina)
Elastic
Option 1 Option 2
Elastic Material Failure Theory
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
82
3D Orthotropic
Elastic
Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Elastic Engineering Constants Material Failure Theory
83Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
Elastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
3D Orthotropic Elastic [D] Matrix Material Failure Theory
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
84
3D Anisotropic
Elastic
Option 1 Option 2
Elastic [D] Matrix
85Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
More data input is available for defining the Elastic properties for the 3D Anisotropic materials. Listed
below are the descriptions for the remaining material properties.
Property Name Desciption
D1212 (C34)
D1212 (C44)
D1113 (C15)
D2213 (C25)
D3313 (C35)
D1213 (C45)
D1313 (C55)
D1123 (C16)
D2223 (C26)
D3323 (C36)
D1223 (C46)
D1323 (C56)
D2323 (C66)
Coefficients in the 6 x 6 stress-strain matrix for the 3D
anisotropic material.
Density Defines the material mass density.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
86
Isotropic (Thermal)
87Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
3D Orthotropic (Thermal)
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideMaterials Form
88
3D Anisotropic (Thermal)
Composite
The Composite forms allow existing materials to be combined to create new materials. All of the
composite materials, with the exception of the laminated composites, can be assigned to elements like
any homogeneous material through the element property forms. For the laminated composites, the
section thickness is entered indirectly through the definition of the stack, and the Homogeneous option
on the Element Properties Form for shells, plates and beam must be changed to Laminate to avoid reentry
of this information.
89Chapter 2: Building A ModelMaterials Form
For details on how to use these forms, refer to the Composite Materials Construction (p. 116) in the Patran
Reference Manual.
Laminate
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
90
Patran I nterface to ABAQU S Preference Gu ide
Element Properties
By choosing the Element Properties item, located on the application switch for Patran, an element
properties form will appear. When creating element properties, several option menus are available. The
selections made in these option menus will determine which element property form is presented, and
ultimately, which ABAQUS element will be created.
The following pages give an introduction to the Element Properties form, followed by the details of all
the element property definitions supported by the Patran ABAQUS Application Preference.
Element Properties Form
When Element Properties is selected on the main menu, this is the form which will be displayed. Four
option menus on this form are used to determine which ABAQUS element types are to be created, and
which property forms are to be displayed. The individual property forms are documented later in this
section. For more details, see the Element Properties Forms (p. 67) in the Patran Reference Manual.
91Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
92
The following table shows the allowable selections for all option menus when Analysis Type is set to
Structural.
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
0D • Mass MASS
• Rotary Inertia ROTARYI
Grounded Spring • Linear
• Nonlinear
SPRING1
SPRING2
Grounded Damper • Linear
• Nonlinear
DASHPOT1
DASHPOT2
IRS (single node) • Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis DampingNo SeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping NoSeparation
IRS12
• Spatial Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping No SeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping NoSeparation
IRS13
1D Beam in XY Plane • General Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic Hybrid
B21, B22B21H, B22HB23B23H
• Box Section Standard Formulation
HybridCubic InterpolationCubic Hybrid
B21, B22B21H, B22HB23B23H
• Circular Beam
(Solid)
Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic Hybrid
B21, B22B21H, B22HB23B23H
93Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
• Hexagonal Beam Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic Hybrid
B21, B22B21H, B22HB23B23H
• I Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic Hybrid
B21, B22B21H, B22HB23B23H
• Pipe Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic Hybrid
B21, B22B21H, B22HB23B23H
• Rectangular
Section
Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic Hybrid
B21, B22B21H, B22HB23B23H
• Trapezoid Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic Hybrid
B21, B22B21H, B22HB23B23H
Beam in Space • General Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic HybridCubic Initially Straight
B31, B32B31H, B32HB33B33HB34
• Arbitrary Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic HybridCubic Initially Straight
B31, B32B31H, B32HB33B33HB34
• Box Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic HybridCubic Initially Straight
B31, B32B31H, B32HB33B33HB34
• Circular Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic HybridCubic Initially Straight
B31, B32B31H, B32HB33B33HB34
• Curved w/Pipe
Section
Standard FormulationOvalization OnlyOvalization Only with Approximated Fourier
ELBOW31,ELBOW32ELBOW31BELBOW31C
• Hexagonal Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic HybridCubic Initially Straight
B31, B32B31H, B32HB33B33HB34
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
94
• I Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic HybridCubic Initially Straight
B31, B32B31H, B32HB33B33HB34
• L Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic HybridCubic Initially Straight
B31, B32B31H, B32HB33B33HB34
• Open Section Standard FormulationHybrid
B31OS, B32OSB31OSH, B32OSH
• Pipe Section Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic HybridCubic Initially Straight
B31, B32B31H, B32HB33B33HB34
• Rectangular
Section
Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic HybridCubic Initially Straight
B31, B32B31H, B32HB33B33HB34
• Trapezoidal
Section
Standard FormulationHybridCubic InterpolationCubic HybridCubic Initially Straight
B31, B32B31H, B32HB33B33HB34
• Truss Standard FormulationHybrid
CID2, CID3CID2H, CID3H
Spring Linear • Standard Formulation
Fixed Direction
SPRINGASPRING2
Nonlinear • Standard Formulation
Fixed Direction
Damper Linear • Standard Formulation
Fixed Direction
DASHPOTADASHPOT2
Nonlinear • Standard Formulation
Fixed Direction
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
95Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
1D
(continued)
Gap • Cylindrical True DistanceElastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis DampingNo SeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping NoSeparation
GAPCYL
• Spherical True DistanceElastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis DampingNo SeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping No Separation
GAPSPHER
• Uniaxial True DistanceElastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis DampingNoSeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping NoSeparation
GAPUNI
Axisym Shell • Homogeneous
• Laminate
SAX1, SAX2
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
96
1D
(continued)
• 1D Interface Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis DampingNoSeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping No Separation
INTER1
ISL (in plane) • Planar Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping No SeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping No Separation
ISL21, ISL22
• Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping NoSeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping NoSeparation
ISL21A, ISL22A
ISL (in space) • Parallel Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation
ISL31, ISL32ISL31, ISL32
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
97Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
1D
(continued)
ISL (in space) (continued)
• Radial Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping NoSeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping NoSeparation
ISL31A, ISL32A
• Slide Line --
IRS (planar/axisym) • Planar Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping NoSeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping NoSeparation
IRS21, IRS22
• Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping NoSeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping NoSeparation1D (cont.)
IRS21A, IRS22A
• IRS
(beam/pipe)
Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping NoSeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping No Separation
IRS31, IRS32
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
98
1D
(continued)
• Rigid Surf
(Seg)
• Rigid Surf (Cyl)
• Rigid Surf (Axi)
• Rigid Surf
(Bz2D)
• Rigid Line
(Lbc)
--
--
--
--
R2D2, RAX2
• Rebar Axisymmetric SFMAX1, SFMAX2
General Axisymmetric SFMGAX1, SFMGAX2
• Mech Joint (2D
Model)
ALIGN
AXIAL
BEAM
CARTESIAN
JOIN
JOINTC
LINK
ROTATION
SLOT
TRANSLATOR
WELD
• Mech Joint (3D
Model)
ALIGN
AXIAL
BEAM
CARDAN
CARTESIAN
CONSTANT VELOCITY
CVJOINT
CYLINDRICAL
EULER
FLEXION-TORSION
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
99Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
HINGE
JOIN
JOINTC
LINK
PLANAR
RADIAL-THRUST
REVOLUTE
ROTATION
SLIDE-PLANE
SLOT
TRANSLATOR
UJOINT
UNIVERSAL
WELD
• 1D Gasket Axisymmetric Link Gasket Behavior Model GKAX2
Thickness Behavior Only GKAX2N
Built-in Material GKAX2
3D Link Gasket Behavior Model GK3D2
Thickness Behavior Only GK3D2N
Built-in Material GK3D2
2D Link Gasket Behavior Model GK2D2
Thickness Behavior Only GK2D2N
Built-in Material GK2D2
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
100
2D Shell Thin • Homogeneous
Laminate
STRI35, S4R5, STRI65, S8R5, S9R5
Thick Homogeneous
Laminate
S3R, S4R, STRI65, S8R
• General Thin Homogeneous
Laminate
STRI35, S4R5, STRI65, S8R5, S9R5
• General Thick Homogeneous
Laminate
S3R, S4R, STRI65, S8R
• Large Strain
• General Large
Strain
S3R, S4R, S8R
2D Solid • Plane Strain Standard Formulation CPE3, CPE4, CPE6, CPE8
Hybrid CPE3H, CPE4H, CPE6H, CPE8H
Hybrid / Reduced Integration
CPE4RH, CPE8RH
Reduced IntegrationIncompatible ModesHybrid/Incompatible ModesModifiedModified/Hybrid
CPE4R, CPE8RCPE4ICPE4IHCPE6M, CPE6MH
• Plane Stress Standard FormulationReduced IntegrationIncompatible ModesModifiedModified/Hybrid
CPS3, CPS4, CPS6, CPS8CPS4R, CPS8RCPS4ICPS6M, CPS6MH
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
101Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
2D
(continued)
2D Solid (continued)
• Axisymmetric Standard Formulation CAX3, CAX4, CAX6, CAX8
Hybrid CAX3H, CAX4H, CAX6H, CAX8H
Hybrid/Reduced Integration
CAX4RH, CAX8RH
Reduced Integration CAX4R, CAX8R
Incompatible Modes CAX4I
Hybrid/Incompatible Modes
CAX4IH
Modified CAX6M
Modified/Hybrid CAX6MH
• Axisymmetric with
Twist
Standard Formulation CGAX3, CGAX4, CGAX6, CGAX8
Hybrid CGAX3H, CGAX4H, CGAX6H, CGAX8H
Hybrid/Reduced Integration
CGAX4RH, CGAX8RH
Reduced Integration CGAX4R, CGAX8R
• Membrane Standard Formulation M3D3, M3D4, M3D6, M3D8, M3D9
Reduced Integration M3D4R, M3D8R, M3D9R
2D Interface • Planar Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping NoSeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping No Separation
INTER2, INTER3
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
102
2D
(continued)
2D Solid (continued)
• Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping NoSeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping No Separation
INTER2A, INTER3A
IRS (shell/solid) Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping No SeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping No Separation
IRS3, IRS4, IRS9
• Rigid Surf
(Bz3D)
--
• Rigid
Surface(Lbc)
R3D3, R3D4
• 2D Rebar Cylindrical SFMCL9
General Standard Formulation SFM3D3, SFM3D4, SFM3D6, SFM3D8
Reduced Integration SFM3D4R, SFM3D8R
• 2D Gasket Plane Strain Gasket Behavior Model GKPE4
Built-in Material GKPE4
Plane Stress Gasket Behavior Model GKPS4
Thickness Behavior Only GKPS4N
Built-in Material GKPS4
Axisymmetric Gasket Behavior Model GKAX4
Thickness Behavior Only GKAX4N
Built-in Material GKAX4
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
103Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Line Gasket Behavior Mode GK3D4L
Thickness Behavior Only GK3D4LN
Built-in Material GK3D4L
3D • Solid Standard Formulation
Laminate
C3D4, C3D6, C3D8, C3D10, C3D15, C3D20
Hybrid
Laminate
C3D4H, C3D6H, C3D8H, C3D10H, C3D15H, C3D20H
Hybrid/Red Integration Laminate
C3D8RH, C3D20RH
Reduced Integration Laminate
C3D8R, C3D20R
Incompatible Modes Laminate
C3D8I
Hybrid/Incomp Modes
Laminate
Modified
Modified/Hybrid
C3D8IH
C3D10M
C3D1OH
• 3D Interface Elastic Slip Soft ContactElastic Slip Hard ContactLagrange Soft ContactLagrange Hard ContactElastic Slip No SeparationLagrange No SeparationElastic Slip Vis DampingElastic Slip Vis Damping No SeparationLagrange Vis DampingLagrange Vis Damping No Separation
INTER4, INTER8, INTER9
• Gasket Gasket Behavior Model GK3D8, GK3D6
Thickness Behavior Only
GK3D8N, GK3D6N
Built-in Material GK3D8, GK3D6
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
104
The following table shows the allowable selections for all option menus when Analysis Type is set to
Thermal.
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
1D • Link DCID2, DCID3
Axisymmetric
Shell
• Homogeneous
• Laminate
DSAX1, DSAX2
• 1D Interface DINTER1
2D Shell • Homogeneous
• Laminate
DS4, DS8
2D Solid • Planar Standard Formulation
Convection/Diffusion
Convection/Diffusion
with
Dispersion/Control
DC2D2, DC2D4,
DC2D6, DC2D8
DCC2D4
DCC2D4D
• Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
Convection/Diffusion
Convection/Diffusion
with
Dispersion/Control
DCAX3,
DCAX4,
DCAS6, DCAX8
DCCAX4
DCCAX4D
• 2D Interface Planar DINTER2,
DINTER3
Axisymmetric DINTER2A,
DINTER3A
105Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
3D • Solid Standard Formulation DC3D4, DC3D6,
DC3D8,
DC3D10,
DC3D15,
DC3D20
Convection/Diffusion DCC3D8
Convection/Diffusion
with Dispersion
Control
DCC3D8D
• 3D Interface DINTER4,
DINTER8
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
106
Point Mass
Options above create MASS elements with ∗MASS properties.This creates a concentrated mass at a
point. The mass is associated with the translational degrees-of-freedom at a node.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Mass Point/1
107Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Rotary Inertia
Options above createROTARI elements with ∗ROT ARY INERTIA properties. This element allows the
rotary inertia of a rigid body to be included at a node. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created,
as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Rotary Inertia Point/1
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
108
Linear Spring (Grounded)
Options above create SPRING1 elements with ∗SPRING properties. This element defines a linear spring
between a node and ground. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Grounded Spring Linear Point/1
109Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Nonlinear Spring (Grounded)
Options above create SPRING1 elements with ∗SPRING properties. This element defines a nonlinear
spring between a node and ground. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created, as required.
Linear Damper (Grounded)
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Grounded Spring Nonlinear Point/1
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Grounded Damper Linear Point/1
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
110
Options above create DASHPOT1 elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element defines a linear
damper between a node and ground. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created, as required.
Nonlinear Damper (Grounded)
Options above create DASHPOT1 elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element defines a
nonlinear dashpot between a node and ground. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created, as
required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Grounded Damper Nonlinear Point/1
111Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
112
IRS (Single Node, Planar)
Options above create IRS12 elements with ∗INTERFACE and ∗FRICTION properties. This element
defines an interface between a node on a planar model and a rigid surface.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D IRS
(single
node)
Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Point/1
113Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
More=data input is available for creating IRS (single node, planar) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1 Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the
friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option
definition.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic
slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is
the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION
option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable
maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension.
The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE
parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Ff
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
114
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is
the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero-Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the
c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real
constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only
used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered
in contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT
option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This
is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed
to be carried across points in contact. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the
Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Lagrange multiplier formulation for sticking friction
when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping
coefficient is constant.
Property Name Description
p0
p0
115Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
IRS (Single Node, Spatial)
Options above create IRS13 elements with ∗INTERFACE and ∗FRICTION properties. This element
defines an interface between a node on a spatial model and a rigid surface.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D IRS
(single
node)
Spatial Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Point/1
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
116
More data input is available for creating IRS (single node, spatial) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1
Friction in Dir_2
Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1- and 2-directions. These are
the friction coefficients on the second card of the ∗FRICTION option. If
Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is
included on the ∗FRICTION option. These values can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Ff
117Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
General Beam in Plane
Options above create B21, B22, B23, B21H, B22H, or B23H elements, depending on the specified
options and topology. ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION, SECTION=GENERAL properties are also
created. This defines a general section beam which is restricted to remain in the XY plane.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction
Stress
Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
equivalent shear stress limit value on the second card of the *FRICTION
option.
Clearance Zero-Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the
c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the *SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping
Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance
Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in XY
Plane
General
Section
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Property Name Description
p0
p0
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
118
More data input is available for creating General Beam in Plane elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Property Name Description
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a
function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON
parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the
shear modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness
for the beam.
119Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Box Beam in Plane/Space
Options above create B21, B22, B23, B21H, B22H, or B23H elements in a plane, or B31, B32, B33, B34,
B31H, B32H or B33H elements in space, depending on the specified options and topology. ∗BEAM
SECTION, SECTION=BOX properties are also created. The planar box section beam is restricted to
remain in the XY-plane. For the spatial beam, ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS is also created, as
required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
XY Plane
Box Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
120
121Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
More data input is available for creating Box Beam in Plane elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Beam Shape Display in Plane/Space
All of the beam shapes can be displayed in their proper orientation on the 3D model. To activate the
display, go to Display/Load/BC/Elem. Props... and set the "Beam Display" option. These options are
discribed in detail in Display>LBC/Element Property Attributes (p. 385) in the Patran Reference Manual.
The beam display is shown on beam elements only, not geometry.
Property Name Description
Thickness_RHS
Thickness_TOP
Thickness_LHS
Thickness_BOT
Defines the wall thickness of the element cross section. These are for
the right-hand side, top, left-hand side, and bottom, respectively.
These are four of the data values on the second card of the *BEAM
SECTION option. These can be either real constants or references to
existing field definitions. These properties are required.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a
function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON
parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the
beam.
Definition of XY Plane (for
beams in space only)
Defines the orientation of the XY-plane of the element coordinate
system. The required input is a vector in the beam’s 1-direction. This
corresponds to the second line of data under the *BEAM SECTION
option. All of the Patran tools are available via the select menu to
define this vector.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
122
Additional Beam Shapes in Plane/Space
Additional commonly used beam cross-sectional shapes are defined by forms analogous to that for box
beams. The planar option defines a beam which is restricted to remain in the XY plane. For the spatial
beam, *ORIENTATION and *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS is also created, as required.
CIRCULAR BEAM (SOLID)
This property will have the SECTION=CIRC parameter. All that is required for the definition of the cross
section is the radius. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis(right) are
shown below.
HEXAGONAL BEAM
This property will have the SECTION=HEX parameter. All that is required for the definition of the cross
section is the circumscribing radius and the wall thickness. The integration schemes for planar analysis
(left) and spatial analysis (right) are shown below.
123Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
I-SECTION
This property will have the SECTION=I parameter. The height of section, flange widths, and associated
thicknesses are required. In addition, the height of the centroid, depicted as “l” is also required. This
allows placement of the origin of the local cross-section axis anywhere on the symmetry line. Note also
that judicious specification of the flange widths and thicknesses will allow modelling of a T-section. See
p. 3.5.2-11 of the ABAQUS User’s Manual for details. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left)
and spatial analysis (right) are shown below.
PIPE BEAM
This property will have the SECTION=PIPE parameter. The pipe thickness and outside radius define
the cross section. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are
shown below.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
124
RECTANGULAR BEAM (SOLID)
This property will have the SECTION=RECT parameter. The section width and section height define the
cross section. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are
shown below.
TRAPEZOID BEAM (SOLID)
This property will have the SECTION=TRAP parameter. The top and bottom width and section height
define the cross section. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are
shown below.
General Beam in Space
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
Space
General
Section
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially
Straight
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Bar/2
125Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Options above create B31, B32, B33, B34, B31H, B32H, or B33H elements depending on the specified
options and topology. *BEAM GENERAL SECTION properties are also created. This property will have
the SECTION=GENERAL parameter. *ORIENTATION and *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS
options are also created, as required. This defines a general section beam.
More data input is available for creating General Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
126
Property Name Description
Area Moment I12 Defines the area moment of the element cross section. This is the I12
value on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION
option. This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing
field definition.
Torsional Constant Defines the torsional constant of the element cross section. This is the
J value on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION
option. This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing
field definition.
Definition of XY Plane Defines the orientation of the XY plane of the element coordinate
system. The required input is a vector in the beam’s 1-direction. This
corresponds to the second line of data under the ∗BEAM GENERAL
SECTION option. All of the Patran tools are available via the select
menu to define this vector.
Centroid Coord 1
Centroid Coord 2
Defines the location of the centroid of the cross section with respect
to the local cross section coordinate system. These values are either
real constants or references to existing field definitions. These are the
values on the ∗CENTROID suboption of the ∗BEAM GENERAL
SECTION option.
Shear Centroid Coord 1
Shear Centroid Coord 2
Defines the location of the shear centroid of the cross section with
respect to the nodal locations. These values are measured in the local
cross section coordinate system. These values are either real constants
or references to existing field definitions. These are the values on the
*SHEAR CENTER suboption on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION
option.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a
function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON
parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the
beam. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR
STIFFNESS option.
Section Point Coord 1
Section Point Coord 2
Defines the coordinates of points in the beam cross section where
output is requested. These are lists of real constants. These values are
measured in the beam cross section coordinate system. The lists must
have the same number of entries. These are the values on the
*SECTION POINTS suboption of the *BEAM GENERAL
SECTION option.
127Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Arbitrary Beam in Space
Options above create B31, B32, B33, B34, B31H, B32H, or B33H elements depending on the specified
options and topology. ∗BEAM SECTION, SECTION=ARBITRARY properties are also created.
∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created, as required. This
defines an arbitrary section beam.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
Space
Arbitrary
Section
Standard
Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially
Straight
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
128
More data input is available for creating Arbitrary Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu
Property Name Description
Definition of XY Plane Defines the cross section axis N1 of the beam such that the tangent
along the beam and the cross section axes N1 and N2 form a right-
hand rule. This is the data on the second card of the ∗BEAM
SECTION option. This is a real vector. This property is required.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a
function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON
parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
129Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the
beam. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR
STIFFNESS option.
Property Name Description
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
130
Curved Pipe in Space
Options above create ELBOW31, ELBOW32, ELBOW31B, or C elements depending on the specified
options and topology. ∗BEAM SECTION, SECTION=ELBOW properties are also created.
∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created, as required. This
defines an elbow element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
Space
Curved
w/Pipe
Section
Standard Formulation
Ovalization Only
Ovaliz Only w/ Approx
Fourier
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
131Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
More data input is available for creating Curved Pipe in Space elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Property Name Description
Torus Radius Defines the radius of the elbow bend. This is one of the data values on the
second card of the *BEAM SECTION option. This is either a real
constant or a reference to an existing field definition. This property is
required.
Integ Points around Pi Defines the number of integration points to be used around the pipe cross
section. This is the second value on the fourth card of the *BEAM
SECTION option. This is an integer value. This property is required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
132
L-Section Beam in Space
Options above create B31, B32, B33, B34, B31H, B32H, or B33H elements depending on the specified
options and topology. ∗BEAM SECTION, SECTION=L properties are also created.
∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created, as required. This
defines an L-section beam.
Point Tangents Inters Defines the orientation of the XY plane of the element coordinate system.
This is the data on the second card of the *BEAM SECTION option. This
is a Node ID. This property is required.
Integ Points thru Thick Defines the number of integration points to be used through the pipe wall
thickness. This is the first value on the fourth card of the *BEAM
SECTION option. This is an integer value.
# Ovalization Modes Defines the number of ovalization modes to be included in the shape
functions of this element. This is the third value of the fourth card of the
*BEAM SECTION option. This is an integer value.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function
of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the
∗BEAM SECTION option.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the
beam. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS
option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
Space
L-Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Bar/2
Property Name Description
133Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
More data input is available for creating L-Section Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Property Name Description
Definition of XY Plane
Defines the cross section axis N1 of the beam such that the tangent along the
beam and the cross section axes N1 and N2 form a right-hand rule. This is
the data on the second card of the *BEAM SECTION option. This is a real
vector. This property is required.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of
the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the ∗BEAM
SECTION option.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
134
Open Beam in Space
Options above create B31OS, B32OS, B31OSH, or B32OSH elements depending on the specified
options and topology. ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION, SECTION=GENERAL properties are also
created. ∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created, as required.
This defines an open section beam.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam.
This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
Space
Open
Section
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Property Name Description
135Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
More data input is available for creating Open Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Property Name Description
Area Moment I12 Defines the area moment of the element cross section. This is the I12 value on
the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. This can be
either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
Torsional Constant Defines the torsional constant of the element cross section. This is the J value
on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. This can be
either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
136
Truss
Definition of XY Plane Defines the cross section axis N1 of the beam such that the tangent along the
beam and the cross section axes N1 and N2 form a right-hand rule. This is the
data on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. This is
a real vector. This property is required.
1st. Sectorial Moment This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
This property is required for open section beams.
Warping Constant This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
This property is required for open section beams.
Centroid Coord 1
Centroid Coord 2
Defines the location of the centroid of the cross section with respect to the
local cross section coordinate system. These values are either real constants
or references to existing field definitions. These are the values on the
∗CENTROID suboption of the ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Shear Center Coord 1
Shear Center Coord 2
Defines the location of the shear centroid of the cross section with respect to
the local cross section coordinate system. These values are either real
constants or references to existing field definitions. These are the values on
the ∗SHEAR CENTER suboption of the ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION
option.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of
the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the *BEAM
GENERAL SECTION option.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam.
This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option.
Section Point Coord 1
Section Point Coord 2
Defines the coordinates of points in the beam cross section where output is
requested. These are lists of real constants. These values are measured in the
beam cross section coordinate system. The lists must have the same number
of entries. These are the values on the ∗SECTION POINTS suboption of the
∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Truss Standard
Formulation
Hybrid
Bar/2. Bar/3
Bar/2. Bar/3
Property Name Description
137Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Options above create T3D2, T3D2H, T3D3, or T3D3H elements depending on the specified options and
topology. *SOLID SECTION properties are also created. The cross sectional area is included on the
*SOLID SECTION option.
Linear Spring (Axial)
Options above create SPRINGA elements with *SPRING properties. This element defines a linear spring
between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Spring Linear Standard Formulation Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
138
Linear Spring (Fixed Direction)
Options above create SPRING2 elements with *SPRING properties.This element defines a linear spring
between specified degrees-of-freedoms at two nodes. An *ORIENTATION option may also be created,
as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Spring Linear Fixed Direction Bar/2
139Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Nonlinear Spring (Axial)
Options above create SPRINGA elements with *SPRING properties.This element defines a nonlinear
spring between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Spring Nonlinear Standard
Formulation
Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
140
Nonlinear Spring (Fixed Direction)
Options above create SPRING2 elements with ∗SPRING properties. This element type defines a
nonlinear spring between two nodes, acting in a fixed direction. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also
be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Spring Nonlinear Fixed Direction Bar/2
141Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Linear Damper (Axial)
Options above create DASHPOTA elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element type defines a
linear damper between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Damper Linear Standard
Formulation
Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
142
Linear Damper (Fixed Direction)
Options above create DASHPOT2 elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element type defines a
linear damper between two nodes, acting in a fixed direction. An ∗lofbkq^qflk option may also be
created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Damper Linear Fixed Direction Bar/2
143Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Nonlinear Damper (Axial)
Options above create DASHPOTA elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element type defines a
nonlinear damper between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Damper Nonlinear Standard
Formulation
Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
144
Nonlinear Damper (Fixed Direction)
Options above create DASHPOT2 elements with ∗a^pemlq properties. This element type defines a
nonlinear damper between two specified nodes, acting in a fixed direction. An ∗lofbkq^qflk option
may also be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Damper Nonlinear Fixed Direction Bar/2
145Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Gap (Uniaxial), Gap (Cylindrical)
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Gap Cylindrical
Uniaxial
True Distance
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
146
Options above create GAPUNI or GAPCYL elements with *GAP properties. The ∗FRICTION option is
created, as required.
147Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Gap (Spherical)
Options above create GAPSPHER elements with *GAP properties. The *FRICTION option is created,
as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Gap Spherical True Distance
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
148
Axisymmetric Shell
Options above create SAX1 or SAX2 elements, depending on the specified topology, with *SHELL
SECTION properties.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Axisymmetric
Shell
Homogeneous Bar/2 Bar/3
149Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Axisymmetric Shell (Laminate)
Options above create SAX1 or SAX2 elements, depending on the specified topology, with ∗SHELL
SECTION, COMPOSITE properties.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Axisymmetric Shell Laminate Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
150
151Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
1D Interface
Options above create INTER1 elements with *INTERFACE, *FRICTION, and *SURFACE CONTACT
properties. The SOFTENED parameter on the *SURFACE CONTACT option may be included,
depending on the selected option. This element defines an interface region between two portions of an
axisymmetric model. These elements must be created from one contact surface to the other.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D
Interface
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
152
More data input is available for creating 1D Interface elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic
Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than
one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip
to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value
of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Ff
153Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Planar ISL (In Plane)
Clearance Zero-Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Analysis TypeDimensio
n Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D ISL (in
plane)
Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Property Name Description
p0
p0
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
154
Options above create ISL21 or ISL22 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE
and *FRICTION properties. This element defines an interface between the edge of an element on a planar
model and another part of the model.
More data input is available for creating Planar ISL (in plane) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1 Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the
friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
155Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the
c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Press Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Property Name Description
Ff
p0
p0
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
156
Axisymmetric ISL (In Plane)
Options above create ISL21A or ISL22A elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element defines an interface between the edge of an
element on an axisymmetric model and another part of the model.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D ISL (in
plane)
Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
157Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
More data input is available for creating Axisymmetric ISL (in plane) elements by scrolling down the
input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this
menu. Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered
for more than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1 Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the
friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip
to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value
of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Ff
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
158
Parallel ISL (In Space)
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real
constant.
Press Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only
used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real
constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to
be carried across points in contact. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the
Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction
when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D ISL (in
space)
Parallel Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Dampin
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Property Name Description
p0
p0
159Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Options above create ISL31 or ISL32 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE
and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between the edge of an element and
another part of the model.
More data input is available for creating Parallel ISL (in space) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1
Friction in Dir_2
Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 and 2 directions. These are
the friction coefficients on the second card of the *FRICTION option. If
Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is
included on the *FRICTION option. These values can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Vector Defines the normal to the plane in which sliding contact occurs. This is
the second card of the *INTERFACE option. This value is a global
vector. This property is required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
160
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
*FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property
is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the p0 value on the *SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Property Name Description
Ff
p0
161Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Radial ISL (In Space)
Options above create ISL31 or ISL32 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE
and *FRICTION properties. This element defines an interface between the edge of an element and
another part of the model.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D ISL (in space) Radial Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
162
More data input is available for creating Radial ISL (in space) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1
Friction in Dir_2
Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1- and 2-directions. These are
the friction coefficients on the second card of the ∗FRICTION option. If
Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is
included on the ∗FRICTION option. These values can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Vector Defines the normal to the plane in which sliding contact occurs. This is the
second card of the ∗INTERFACE option. This value is a global vector.
This property is required.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
163Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Slide Line
Options above create Slide Lines for the ISL elements. These elements must be equivalenced and
continuous.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005.
This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress
Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure
Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value
on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only
used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance
Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping
Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance
Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Analysis TypeDimensio
n Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Slide Line Bar/2, Bar/3
Property Name Description
Ff
p0
p0
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
164
IRS (Planar)
Analysis Type Dimension Type
Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D IRS
(plane/axisym)
Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
165Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Options above create IRS21 or IRS22 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE
and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between the edge of a linear element
on a planar model and a rigid surface.
More data input is available for creating IRS (planar) elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic
Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than
one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1 Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the
friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip
to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value
of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
166
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
*FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real
constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only
used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered not in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option.
This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a
real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to
be carried across points in contact. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the
Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction
when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Property Name Description
Ff
p0
p0
167Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
IRS (Axisymmetric)
Options above create IRS21A or IRS22A elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between the edge of
a linear element on an axisymmetric model and a rigid surface.
Analysis Type
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D IRS
(plane/axisym)
Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
168
More data input is available for creating IRS (axisymmetric) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1 Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the
friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Ff
169Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
IRS (Beam/Pipe)
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property
is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered not in
contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1
Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D IRS
(beam/pipe)
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Property Name Description
p0
p0
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
170
Options above create IRS31 or IRS32 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE
and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between a beam or pipe element on
a spatial model and a rigid surface.
More data input is available for creating IRS (beam/pipe) elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic
Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than
one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1
Friction in Dir_2
Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 and 2 directions. These are
the friction coefficients on the second card of the *FRICTION option. If
Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is
included on the *FRICTION option. These values can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the *FRICTION option.
171Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Rigid Surface (Segments)
Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE=SEGMENTS option (see Section 7.4.7 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
The rigid surface is defined by creating Bar/2 elements. All the elements must be connected and should
not have duplicate nodes. The start Point (Node ID) defines the positive progression direction along the
surface. The right-handed rotation from this direction defines the outward normal.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
*FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property
is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the *SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Defines the ROUGH parameter on the *FRICTION option. This
property is only used for the Lagrange option.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rigid Surf (Seg) Bar/2
Property Name Description
Ff
p0
p0
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
172
Rigid Surface (Cylindrical)
Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE = CYLINDRICAL option (see Section 7.4.7 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
The rigid surface is first defined by creating Bar/2 elements. All the elements must be connected and
should not have duplicate nodes.
The rigid surface’s +x direction is defined from the start point (node ID) along the line of the rigid
surface. The +y direction is away from the object the rigid surface will be in contact with. The +z
direction (the surface generation vector) is defined by using right-hand rule, crossing the rigid surface’s
+x axis with the +y axis.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rigid Surf (Cyl) Bar/2
173Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Rigid Surface (Axisymmetric)
Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE=AXISYMMETRIC option (see Section 7.4.7 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rigid Surf (Axi) Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
174
The rigid surface is defined by creating Bar/2 elements. All the elements must be connected and should
not have duplicate nodes. The Start Point defines the positive progression direction along the surface. The
right-handed rotation from this direction defines the outward normal.
Rigid Surface (Bezier 2D)
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rigid Surf (Bz2D) Bar/2
175Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE=BEZIER option for use in two-dimensional analysis
(see Section 7.4.7 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
The rigid surface is defined by creating Bar/2 elements. All the elements must be connected and should
not have duplicate nodes. The Start Point defines the positive progression direction along the surface. The
right-handed rotation from this direction defines the outward normal.
Rigid Line (LBC)
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rigid Line(LBC) Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
176
This property set is created when the Rigid-Deform contact LBC is created in the Loads/BCs menu. The
creation or deletion of this property set is not required by the user. The elements associated with this
property set are translated as R2D2 and RAX2 elements.
Rebar
The options above create SFMAX1, SFMAX2, SFMGAX1 and SFMGAX2 elements (depending on the
selected options and topologies) with *SURFACE SECTION properties. The *EMBEDDED ELEMENT
and *REBAR LAYER options are also created.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rebar Axisymmetric
General
Axisymmetric
Bar/2, Bar/3
177Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Material Name Defines the material to be used. When entering data here, a list of all
isotropic materials in the database is displayed. You can either pick one from
the list with the mouse or type in the name. This identifies the material that
will be referenced on the *REBAR LAYER option. This property is
required.
X-Sectional Area Defines the area of the rebar cross-section. This is the cross-sectional area
value on the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an
existing field definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to
specify the cross-sectional area for more than one rebar layer. This property
is required.
Spacing Defines the spacing of the rebars within a layer. This is the spacing value on
the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field
definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the
spacing for more than one rebar layer. This property is required.
Spacing Unit Type Defines the unit type for the spacing values. When “Angle” is specified, the
ANGULAR SPACING parameter is used for the *REBAR LAYER option.
“Distance” is the default value. This property is not required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
178
Mech Joint (2D Model) - ALIGN
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to ALIGN on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Rebar Orient. Angle Defines the angular orientation of the rebar from the meridional plane in
degrees. This is the angular orientation value on the *REBAR LAYER
option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field definition, or a real
list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the angular orientation for
more than one rebar layer. This property is required.
Host Property Set Defines the element property set of the elements that host the rebar elements.
This is the “HOST ELSET” parameter on the *EMBEDDED ELEMENT
option. A reference to an existing element property set may be specified. By
default, the solver determines the host elements based on the position of the
embedded elements within the model. This property is not required.
Roundoff Tolerance Defines the value below which the weigh factors of the host element’s nodes
will be zeroed out. This is the ROUNDOFF TOLERANCE parameter on the
*EMBEDDED ELEMENT option. A real scalar may be specified. The
default value is 1E+6. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
ALIGN Bar/2
179Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
180
Mech Joint (2D Model) - AXIAL
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to AXIAL on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
AXIAL Bar/2
181Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Force/Disp, X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector
element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real
constant to specify this property.
Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is
a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Friction Lim, X Axis This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction
portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. A real constant or a
non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. The n on-spatial fields
that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to
define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. The
dependent variable for these fields is force.
Friction Stick Stiff This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion
of the connector element. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS
parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. Use a real constant to
specify this property.
Lock, Min Disp This property value defines the lower bound on the relative position that
triggers a locked condition in the connector element. This value is translated
to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR LOCK option. Use a
real constant to specify this property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
182
Mech Joint (2D Model) - BEAM
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to BEAM on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
BEAM Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
183Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (2D Model) - CARTESIAN
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to CARTESIAN on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
CARTESIAN Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Force/Disp, X Axis
Force/Disp, Y Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
184
Mech Joint (2D Model) - JOIN
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to JOIN on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Zero Force Ref Len These property values define the reference lengths for the components of the
unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.
Use a real vector to specify this property.
Damping, X Axis
Damping, Y Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is
a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop These property values define the lower limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Connector Max Stop These property values define the upper limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
JOIN Bar/2
185Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (2D Model) - JOINTC
This option creates JOINTC elements. The *JOINT, *SPRING and *DASHPOT options are used to
define the properties.
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
JOINTC Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
186
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *JOINT option.
Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to either
"Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Force/Disp, X Axis
Force/Disp, Y Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. A real constant or a non-
spatial field may be used for this property. The non-spatial fields that have
been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness
that varies with displacement and temperature. The dependent variable for
this field is force, and displacement is a required independent variable.
187Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. A real constant or a non-
spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-spatial fields that have
been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness
that varies with displacement and temperature. The dependent variable for
this field is moment, and displacement is a required independent variable.
Damping, X Axis
Damping, Y Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *DASHPOT option. A real
constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be
used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. The
dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is a required
independent variable.
Rot Damping, Z Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *DASHPOT option. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be
used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. The
dependent variable for these fields is moment, and velocity is a required
independent variable.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
188
Mech Joint (2D Model) - LINK
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to LINK on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (2D
Model)
LINK Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
189Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (2D Model) - ROTATION
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to ROTATION on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
ROTATION Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
190
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Mom/Rot about Z Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment
and relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The
non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and
temperature. The dependent variable for this field is moment, and
displacement is a required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang This property value defines the reference angle of the unloaded
connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use
a real constant to specify this property.
Rot Damping, Z Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment
and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR
DAMPING option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for
this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the
“Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with
velocity and temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is
moment, and velocity is a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify
this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify
this property.
191Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
jÉÅÜ=gçáåí=EOa=jçÇÉäF=J=pilq
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to SLOT on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (2D
Model)
SLOT Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
192
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Force/Disp, X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector
element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real
constant to specify this property.
Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. The
non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method
may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature.
The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and velocity is a required
independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative position.
This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR
STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Friction Lim, X Axis This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction
portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. A real constant or a
non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. The n on-spatial fields
that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to
define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. The
dependent variable for these fields is force.
Friction Stick Stiff This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion
of the connector element. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS
parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. Use a real constant to
specify this property.
193Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (2D Model) - TRANSLATOR
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to TRANSLATOR on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
TRANSLATOR Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
194
Mech Joint (2D Model) - WELD
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to WELD on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
WELD Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
195Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - ALIGN
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to ALIGN on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
ALIGN Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
196
Mech Joint (3D Model) - AXIAL
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to AXIAL on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
AXIAL Bar/2
Force/Disp, X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector
element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real
constant to specify this property.
197Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and
velocity is a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Friction Lim, X Axis This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction
portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. A real constant or a
non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. The non-spatial fields
that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to
define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. The
dependent variable for these fields is force.
Friction Stick Stiff This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion
of the connector element. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS
parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. Use a real constant to
specify this property.
Lock Min Disp This property value defines the upper bound on the relative position that
triggers a locked condition in the connector element. This value is translated
to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR LOCK option. Use a
real constant to specify this property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
198
Mech Joint (3D Model) - BEAM
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to BEAM on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
BEAM Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
199Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - CARDAN
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to CARDAN on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
CARDAN Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
200
jÉÅÜ=gçáåí=EPa=jçÇÉäF=J=`^oqbpf^k
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to CARTESIAN on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Y Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang These property values define the reference angles for the components of
the unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE
REFERENCE option. Use a real vector to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and
velocity is a required independent variable.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
CARTESIAN Bar/2
201Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Force/Disp, X Axis
Force/Disp, YAxis
Force/Disp, Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
202
Mech Joint (3D Model) - CONSTANT VELOCITY
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to CONSTANT VELOCITY on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Zero Force Ref Len These property values define the reference angles for the components of the
unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.
Use a real vector to specify this property.
Damping, X Axis
Damping, Y Axis
Damping, Z Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is
a required independent variable.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
CONSTANT
VELOCITY
Bar/2
203Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - CVJOINT
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to CVJOINT on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify
this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify
this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
CVJOINT Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
204
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
205Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - CYLINDRICAL
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to CYLINDRICAL on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
CYLINDRICAL Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify
this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify
this property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
206
Mech Joint (3D Model) - EULER
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to EULER on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
EULER Bar/2
207Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
208
Mech Joint (3D Model) - FLEXION-TORSION
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to FLEXION-TORSION on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Y Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang These property values define the reference angles for the components of
the unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE
REFERENCE option. Use a real vector to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment
and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR
DAMPING option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for
this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the
“Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with
velocity and temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is
moment, and velocity is a required independent variable.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
FLEXION-TORSION Bar/2
209Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
210
Mech Joint (3D Model) - HINGE
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to HINGE on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Y Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang These property values define the reference angles for the components of
the unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE
REFERENCE option. Use a real vector to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment
and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR
DAMPING option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for
this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the
“Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with
velocity and temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is
moment, and velocity is a required independent variable.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
HINGE Bar/2
211Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
212
Mech Joint (3D Model) - JOIN
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to JOIN on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (3D Model) JOIN Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
213Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - JOINTC
This option creates JOINTC elements. The *JOINT, *SPRING and *DASHPOT options are used to
define the properties.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (3D Model) JOINTC Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *JOINT
option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
214
Force/Disp, X Axis
Force/Disp, Y Axis
Force/Disp, Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. A real constant or a non-
spatial field may be used for this property. The non-spatial fields that have
been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define
stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The dependent
variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Y Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. A real constant or a non-
spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-spatial fields that have
been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define
stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The dependent
variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
215Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - LINK
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to LINK on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (3D Model) LINK Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
216
Mech Joint (3D Model) - PLANAR
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to PLANAR on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (3D Model) PLANAR Bar/2
217Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - RADIAL-THRUST
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to RADIAL-THRUST on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
RADIAL-THRUST Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
218
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Force/Disp, X Axis
Force/Disp, ZAxis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The non-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len These property values define the reference lengths for the components of the
unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.
Use a real vector to specify this property.
219Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - REVOLUTE
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to REVOLUTE on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Damping, X Axis
Damping, Z Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is
a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop These property values define the lower limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Connector Max Stop These property values define the upper limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
REVOLUTE Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
220
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
221Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - ROTATION
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to ROTATION on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Mom/Rot about X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang This property value defines the reference angle of the unloaded connector
element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real
constant to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and
velocity is a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
ROTATION Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
222
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
223Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - SLIDE-PLANE
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to SLIDE-PLANE on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Y Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang These property values define the reference angles for the components of
the unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE
REFERENCE option. Use a real vector to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and
velocity is a required independent variable.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
SLIDE-PLANE Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
224
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify
this property.
Force/Disp, Y Axis
Force/Disp, Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len These property values define the reference lengths for the components of the
unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.
Use a real vector to specify this property.
225Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - SLOT
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to SLOT on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Damping, Y Axis
Damping, Z Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is
a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop These property values define the lower limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Connector Max Stop These property values define the upper limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
SLOT Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
226
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Force/Disp, X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector
element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real
constant to specify this property.
227Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - TRANSLATOR
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to TRANSLATOR on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. The
non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method
may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature.
The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and velocity is a required
independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative position.
This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR
STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Friction Lim, X Axis This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction
portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. A real constant or a
non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. The n on-spatial fields
that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to
define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. The
dependent variable for these fields is force.
Friction Stick Stiff This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion
of the connector element. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS
parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. Use a real constant to
specify this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
TRANSLATOR Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
228
Mech Joint (3D Model) - UJOINT
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to UJOINT on the *CONNECTOR
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
UJOINT Bar/2
229Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
SECTION option.
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
230
Mech Joint (3D Model) - UNIVERSAL
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to UNIVERSAL on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
UNIVERSAL Bar/2
231Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - WELD
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to WELD on the *CONNECTOR
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang These property values define the reference angles for the components of
the unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE
REFERENCE option. Use a real vector to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis
Rot Damping, Z Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and
velocity is a required independent variable.
Analysis TypeDimensio
n Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (3D
Model)
WELD Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
232
SECTION option.
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
233Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Axisym Link Gasket
These options create GKAX2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is
used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to
define the membrane and transverse shear behaviors.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket Axisymmetric
Link
Gasket
Behavior Model
Bar2
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the
COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic Modulus and
Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
234
F/L vs. Closure (Loading)
This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
F/L vs. Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
unloading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input
file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created
with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The
field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement
and temperature. This property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real
constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This
property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
235Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Axisym Link Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GKAX2N elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is
used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket Axisymmetric
Link
Thickness
Behavior Only
Bar2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
236
Axisym Link Gasket (Material)
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
F/L vs. Closure (Loading)
This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
F/L vs. Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
unloading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input
file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created
with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The
field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement
and temperature. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real
constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This
property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
237Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
These options create GKAX2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified using the
MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket Axisymmetric
Link
Built-in Material Bar2
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
238
3D Link Gasket
These options create GK3D2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR
option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is
used to define the transverse shear behavior.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real
constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This
property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 3D Link Gasket Behavior
Model
Bar2
239Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
F vs. Closure (Loading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
240
F vs. Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is required.
Orientation System This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two
and three directions for the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET
SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An existing
coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Orientation Axis This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the
Orientation Angle. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an
*ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION
option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An integer value of 1, 2 or 3
may be used to define this property. This property is not required. The
default value is 1.
241Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
3D Link Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GK3D2N elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR
option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Orientation Angle This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in
degrees. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION
option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the
ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 3D Link Thickness
Behavior Only
Bar2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
242
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
F vs. Closure (Loading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
243Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
F vs. Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION
option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this
property. This property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
244
3D Link Gasket (Material)
These options create GK3D2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified using the
MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 3D Link Built-in Material Bar2
245Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is required.
Orientation System This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two
and three directions for the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET
SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An existing
coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property is
not required.
Orientation Axis This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the
Orientation Angle. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an
*ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION
option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An integer value of 1, 2 or 3
may be used to define this property. This property is not required. The
default value is 1.
Orientation Angle This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in
degrees. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION
option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the
ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
246
2D Link Gasket
These options create GK2D2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR
option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is
used to define the transverse shear behavior.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 2D Link Gasket Behavior
Model
Bar2
247Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
F vs Closure (Loading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
F vs Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION
option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this
property. This property is required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
248
2D Link Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GK2D2N elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR
option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 2D Link Thickness
Behavior Only
Bar2
249Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
F vs Closure (Loading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
250
F vs Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION
option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this
property. This property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
251Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
2D Link Gasket (Material)
These options create GK2D2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified using the
MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 2D Link Built-in Material Bar2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
252
Thin Shell
Options above create STRI35, STRI65, S4R5, S8R5, or S9R5 elements with *SHELL SECTION
properties. *ORIENTATION, *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS, and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS
options may also be created, as required. This element defines a standard thin shell element.
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell Thin Shell Homogeneous Tri/3, Quad/4, Tri/6,
Quad/8, Quad/9
253Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
More data input is available for creating Thin Shell elements by scrolling down the input properties menu
bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Property Name Description
Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell
element. This is a reference to an existing coordinate system.
The referenced coordinate system defines the data used to
create the *ORIENTATION option.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
254
Thin Shell (Laminated)
Options above create STRI35, STRI65, S4R5, S8R5, or S9R5 elements with *SHELL SECTION
properties. *ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be created,
as required. This defines a laminate thin shell element.
Ave Shear Stiffness Defines the transverse shear stiffness. This is the value on the
*TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. This is either
a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
Membrane Hourglass Stiffness
Normal Hourglass Stiffness
Bending Hourglass Stiffness
Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in
membrane, normal, and bending modes. These define
parameters on the *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. These
can be either real constants or references to existing field
definitions.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell Thin Shell Laminate Tri/3, Quad/4, Tri/6,
Quad/8, Quad/9
Property Name Description
255Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Thick Shell
Options above create S3R, STRI65, S4R, or S8R elements with *SHELL SECTION properties.
*ORIENTATION, *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options
may also be created, as required. This defines a homogeneous thick shell element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell Thick Shell Homogeneous Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
256
More data input is available for creating Thick Shell elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Property Name Description
Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. This
is a reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced
coordinate system defines the data used to create the
*ORIENTATION option.
257Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Thick Shell (Laminated)
Options above create S3R, STRI65, S4R, or S8R elements with *SHELL SECTION properties.
*ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be created, as required.
This defines a laminate thick shell element.
Shear Stiffness K13
Shear Stiffness K23
Defines the transverse shear stIffness. These are the values on the
*TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. These are either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Membrane Hourglass StiffnessNormal Hourglass StiffnessBending Hourglass Stiffness
Define the artificial stIffness for hourglass control in membrane,
normal, and bending modes. These define parameters on the
*HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. These can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell Thick Shell Laminate Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Property Name Description
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
258
General Thin
Options above create STRI35, STRI65, S4R5, S8R5, or S9R5 elements with *SHELL GENERAL
SECTION properties. *ORIENTATION, *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS, and *HOURGLASS
STIFFNESS options may also be created, as required. This defines a general thin shell element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell General Thin
Shell
Homogenous Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8,
Quad/9
259Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
More data input is available for creating General Thin Shell elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
260
Property Name Description
Section Stiffness D14Section Stiffness D24Section Stiffness D34Section Stiffness D44Section Stiffness D15Section Stiffness D25Section Stiffness D35Section Stiffness D45Section Stiffness D55Section Stiffness D16Section Stiffness D26Section Stiffness D36Section Stiffness D46Section Stiffness D56Section Stiffness D66
Defines the symmetric half of the [D] section stiffness matrix on the
*SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. These properties are required.
Force Vector {F1..F6} Defines the 6 values of the {F} vector on the *SHELL GENERAL
SECTION option. This vector defines the generalized stresses caused
by a fully constrained unit temperature rise. This is a list of 6 real
constants. This property is required.
Temperature ScalingThermal Expansion ScalingTemperature Values
Define the temperature effects on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION
option. These are lists of real values. Each list must have the same
number of values. These values are optional.
Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. This is
a reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced coordinate
system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option.
Reference Temperature Defines the reference temperature for all thermal effects on this
element. This defines the ZERO parameter on the *SHELL
GENERAL SECTION option.
Density, mass/area Defines the mass per unit area for the shell element. This is the
DENSITY parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.
This value can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing
field definition.
Ave Shear Stiffness Defines the transverse shear stiffness. This is the value on the
*TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. This is either a real
constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
Membrane Hourglass StiffnessNormal Hourglass StiffnessBending Hourglass Stiffness
Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane,
normal, and bending modes. These define parameters on the
*HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. These can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
261Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
General Thin Shell (Laminated)
Options above create STRI3, STRI65, S4R5, S8R5 or S9R5 elements with *SHELL GENERAL
SECTION properties. *ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be
created, as required. This defines a laminate thin shell element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell General Thin Shell Laminate Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8,
Quad/9
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
262
General Thick
Options above create S3R, STRI65, S4R, or S8R elements with *SHELL GENERAL SECTION
properties. *ORIENTATION, *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS, and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS
options may also be created, as required. This defines a general thick shell element.
More data input is available for creating General Thick Shell elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell General Thick Shell Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
263Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Property Name Description
Section Stiffness D14Section Stiffness D24Section Stiffness D34Section Stiffness D44Section Stiffness D15Section Stiffness D25Section Stiffness D35Section Stiffness D45Section Stiffness D55Section Stiffness D16Section Stiffness D26Section Stiffness D36Section Stiffness D46Section Stiffness D56Section Stiffness D66
Defines the symmetric half of the [D] section stiffness matrix on the
*SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. These properties are required.
Force Vector {F1..F6} Defines the 6 values of the {F} vector on the *SHELL GENERAL
SECTION option. This vector defines the generalized stresses caused by
a fully constrained unit temperature rise. This is a list of 6 real constants.
This property is required.
Temperature ScalingThermal Expansion ScalingTemperature Values
Define the temperature effects on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION
option. These are lists of real values. Each list must have the same
number of values. These values are optional.
Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. This is a
reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced coordinate
system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option.
Reference Temperature Defines the reference temperature for all thermal effects on this element.
This defines the ZERO parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL
SECTION option.
Density, mass/area Defines the mass per unit area for the shell element. This is the
DENSITY parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.
This value can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field
definition.
Shear Stiffness K13
Shear Stiffness K23
Defines the transverse shear stiffness. These are the values on the
*TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. These are either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Membrane Hourglass StiffnessNormal Hourglass StiffnessBending Hourglass Stiffness
Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane, normal,
and bending modes. These define parameters on the *HOURGLASS
STIFFNESS option. These can be either real constants or references to
existing field definitions.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
264
General Thick Shell (Laminated)
Options above create S3R, STRI65, S4R, or S8R elements with *SHELL GENERAL SECTION
properties. *ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be created,
as required. This defines a laminate thick shell element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell General Thick
Shell
Laminate Tri/3, Quad/4, Tri/6,
Quad/8, Quad/9
265Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Large Strain
Options above create S3R, S4R, or S8R elements with ∗SHELL SECTION properties. ∗ORIENTATION,
∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS, and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be created,
as required. This defines a large strain element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell Large Strain Shell Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
266
More data input is available for creating Large Strain Shell elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu
.
General Large Strain
Options above create S3R, S4R, or S8R elements with ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION properties.
∗ORIENTATION, ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS, and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options
may also be created, as required. This defines a general large strain element.
Property Name Description
Membrane Hourglass Stiff
Normal Hourglass Stiff
Bending Hourglass Stiff
Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in
membrane, normal, and bending modes. These define
parameters on the ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option.
These can be either real constants or references to existing
field definitions.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell General Large
Strain Shell
Tri/3, Quad/4
267Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
More data input is available for creating General Large Strain Shell elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
268
Property Name Description
Section Stiffness D14Section Stiffness D24Section Stiffness D34Section Stiffness D44Section Stiffness D15Section Stiffness D25Section Stiffness D35Section Stiffness D45Section Stiffness D55Section Stiffness D16Section Stiffness D26Section Stiffness D36Section Stiffness D46Section Stiffness D56Section Stiffness D66
Defines the symmetric half of the [D] section stiffness matrix on the
∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.
These properties are required.
Force Vector F1...F6 Defines the 6 values of the {F} vector on the ∗SHELL GENERAL
SECTION option. This vector defines the generalized stresses caused
by a fully constrained unit temperature rise. This is a list of 6 real
constants. This property is required.
Temperature Scaling DThermal Expansion ScalingTemperature Values
Define the temperature effects on the ∗SHELL GENERAL
SECTION option. These are lists of real values. Each list must have
the same number of values. These values are optional.
Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. This
is a reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced
coordinate system defines the data used to create the
∗ORIENTATION option.
Reference Temperature Defines the reference temperature for all thermal effects on this
element. This defines the ZERO parameter on the ∗SHELL
GENERAL SECTION option.
Density, mass/area Defines the mass per unit surface area for the shell element. This is
the DENSITY parameter on the ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION
option. This value can be either a real constant or a reference to an
existing field definition.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a
function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON
parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.
269Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Plane Strain
Options above create CPE3, CPE4, CPE4R, CPE6, CPE6M, CPE8, CPE8R, CPE3H, CPE4H, CPE4RH,
CPE6H, CPE6MH, CPE8H, or CPE8RH (depending on the selected options and topologies) elements
with *SOLID SECTION properties. The thickness value on the *SOLID SECTION option is included.
*ORIENTATION and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be included, as required. If
triangular element are found where reduced integration is requested, standard integration elements will
be used
Shear Stiffness K13
Shear Stiffness K23
Defines the transverse shear stiffness. These are the values on the
∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. These are either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Membrane Hourglass StiffnessNormal Hourglass StiffnessBending Hourglass Stiffness
Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane,
normal, and bending modes. These define parameters on the
∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. These can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Solid Plane
Strain
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
Modified Formulation
Modified/Hybrid
Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Tri/6
Tri/6
Property Name Description
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
270
.
Generalized Plane Strain
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Solid General Plane
Strain
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
Tri/3, Quad/4
Tri/6, Quad/8
271Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
These options create CGPE5, CGPE5H, CGPE6, CGPE6H, CGPE6I, CGPE6IH, CGPE6R, CGPE6RH,
CGPE8, CGPE8H, CGPE10, CGPE10H, CGPE10R or CGPE10RH elements with *SOLID SECTION
properties when writing an ABAQUS V5.X or V4.X input file. Otherwise, they create CPEG3,
CPEG3H, CPEG4, CPEG4H, CPEG4I, CPEG4IH, CPEG4R, CPEG4RH, CPEG6, CPEG6H, CPEG8,
CPEG8H, CPEG8R or CPEG8RH elements with *SOLID SECTION properties. The thickness value on
the *SOLID SECTION option is included. *ORIENTATION and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options
may also be included, as required. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is
requested, standard integration elements will be used.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
272
Plane Stress
Options above create CPS3, CPS4, CPS4R, CPS6, CPS6M, CPS8, or CPS8R (depending on the selected
options and topologies) elements with *SOLID SECTION properties. The thickness value on the
*SOLID SECTION option will be included. *ORIENTATION and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options
may also be created, as required. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is requested,
standard integration elements will be used.
Property Name Description
[Reference Node] V6.X+ Defines the REF NODE parameter on the *SOLID
SECTION option. The third degree of freedom of this node
defines the change in length between the bounding planes.
The fourth and fifth degrees of freedom of this node define
the relative rotations of one bounding plane with respect to
the other. This property is required when generating an
ABAQUS version 6 or greater input file.
[Node A: DOF<UZ>] V5.X This property is required when generating an ABAQUS
version 4 or 5 input file.
[Node B: DOF<RX,RY] V5.X This property is required when generating an ABAQUS
version 4 or 5 input file.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Solid Plane
Stress
Standard Formulation
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Modified Formulation
Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Tri/6
273Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Axisymmetric Solid
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Hybrid
Modified
Formulation
Modified/Hybrid
Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Tri/6
Tri/6
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
274
Options above create CAX3, CAX4, CAX4R, CAX6, CAX6M, CAX8, CAX8R, CAX3H, CAX4H,
CAX4RH, CAX6H, CAX6MH, CAX8H, or CAX8RH elements (depending on the selected options and
topologies) with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. *ORIENTATION and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS
option may also be created, as required. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is
requested, standard integration elements will be used.
Axisymmetric Solid with Twist (General)
Options above create CGAX3, CGAX4, CGAX4R, CGAX6, CGAX8, CGAX8R, CGAX3H, CGAX4H,
CGAX4RH, CGAX6H, CGAX8H, or CGAX8RH elements (depending on the selected options and
topologies) with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. *ORIENTATION and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Solid General
Axisymmetric
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Reduced Integration
Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Quad/4, Quad/8
275Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
options may also be created, as required. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is
requested, standard integration elements will be used.
Membrane
Options above create M3D3, M3D4, M3D4R, M3D6, M3D8, M3D8R, M3D9 or M3D9R elements
(depending on the selected options and topologies) with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. The thickness
value on the ∗plifa=pb`qflk option is included. ∗lofbkq^qflk and ∗elrodi^pp=
pqfcckbpp options may also be created, as required. If triangular elements are found where reduced
integration is requested, standard integration elements will be used.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
Reduced Integration
Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
276
277Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Planar 2D Interface
Options above create INTER2 or INTER3 elements (depending on the selected topology) with
∗fkqboc^`b, ∗cof`qflk, and ∗proc^`b=`lkq^`q properties. The SOFTENED parameter on
the ∗proc^`b=`lkq^`q option may be included, depending on the selected option. This element
defines an interface region between two portions of a planar model. These elements must be created from
one contact surface to the other.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Interface Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Quad/4,
Quad/8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
278
More data input is available for creating Planar 2D Interface elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property
is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Press Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Ff
p0
p0
279Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Axisymmetric 2D Interface
Options above create INTER2A or INTER3A elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*INTERFACE, *FRICTION, and *SURFACE CONTACT properties. The SOFTENED parameter on
the *SURFACE CONTACT option may be included, depending on the selected option. This element
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
DampingNo
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Quad/4,
Quad/8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
280
defines an interface region between two portions of an axisymmetric model. These elements must be
created from one contact surface to the other.
More data input is available for creating Axisymmetric 2D Interface elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property
is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Ff
281Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
IRS (Shell/Solid)
Options above create IRS3, IRS4, and IRS9 elements (depending on the selected topology) with
∗INTERFACE, ∗FRICTION and ∗SURFACE CONTACT properties. The SOFTENED parameter on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT option may be included, depending on the selected option. This defines a rigid
surface element for use with solid or shell elements.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Analysis Type
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2
Topologies
Structural 2D IRS
(shell/solid)
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Quad/4
Property Name Description
p0
p0
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
282
More data input is available for creating IRS (shell/solid) elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic
Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than
one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Property Name Description
Reference Node Reference node common to the IRS elements and the rigid surface.
Friction in Dir_1
Friction in Dir_2
Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 and 2 directions. These are
the friction coefficients on the second card of the ∗FRICTION option. If
Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is
included on the ∗FRICTION option. These values can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Ff
283Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Rigid Surface (Bezier 3D)
Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE=BEZIER option for use in three-dimensional analysis
(see Section 7.4.7 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s manual).
All trias forming up the rigid surface must have the normals pointing towards the contacting surface.
Trias must all be connected.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the
c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Press Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered not in
contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Rigid Surf (Bz3D) Quad 4
Property Name Description
p0
p0
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
284
Rigid Surface (LBC)
This property set is created when the Rigid-Deform contact lbc is created in the Loads/BCs menu. The
creation or deletion of this property set is not required by the user. The elements associated with this
property set are translated as R3D3 and R3D4 elements.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Rigid Surface(LBC) Quad4,
Tria3
285Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
2D Rebar
The options above create SFM3D3, SFM3D4, SFM3D4R, SFM3D6, SFM3D8, SFM3D8R and
SFMCL9 elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with *SURFACE SECTION
properties. The *EMBEDDED ELEMENT and *REBAR LAYER options are also created.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Rebar Cylindrical
General
Standard
Formulation
Reduced
Integration
Quad/9
Tri/3, Tri/6,
Quad/4, Quad/8
Quad/4, Quad/8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
286
Material Name Defines the material to be used. When entering data here, a list of all
isotropic materials in the database is displayed. You can either pick one from
the list with the mouse or type in the name. This identifies the material that
will be referenced on the *REBAR LAYER option. This property is
required.
X-Sectional Area Defines the area of the rebar cross-section. This is the cross-sectional area
value on the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an
existing field definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to
specify the cross-sectional area for more than one rebar layer. This property
is required.
Spacing Defines the spacing of the rebars within a layer. This is the spacing value on
the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field
definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the
spacing for more than one rebar layer. This property is required.
287Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Plane Strain Gasket
These options create GKPE4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET
ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior.
Spacing Unit Type Defines the unit type for the spacing values. When “Angle” is specified, the
ANGULAR SPACING parameter is used for the *REBAR LAYER option.
“Distance” is the default value. This property is not required.
Rebar Orient. Angle Defines the angular orientation of the rebar from the local 1-direction in
degrees. This is the angular orientation value on the *REBAR LAYER
option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field definition, or a real
list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the angular orientation for
more than one rebar layer. This property is required.
Host Property Set Defines the element property set of the elements that host the rebar elements.
This is the “HOST ELSET” parameter on the *EMBEDDED ELEMENT
option. A reference to an existing element property set may be specified. By
default, the solver determines the host elements based on the position of the
embedded elements within the model. This property is not required.
Roundoff Tolerance Defines the value below which the weigh factors of the host element’s nodes
will be zeroed out. This is the ROUNDOFF TOLERANCE parameter on the
*EMBEDDED ELEMENT option. A real scalar may be specified. The
default value is 1E+6. This property is not required.
Orientation System Defines a local coordinate system for orienting the rebars. This is a reference
to an existing coordinate system. The referenced coordinate system defines
the data used to create an *ORIENTATION option. The orientation name is
then used for the ORIENTATION parameter on the *REBAR LAYER
option. This property is not required.
Orientation Axis Defines the axis of rotation on the “Orientation System” to use for the
additional rotation specified by the “Orientation Angle”. The axis should
have a nonzero component in the direction of the normal to the surface. An
integer value between 1 and 3 may be specified. The local 1-direction is the
default value. This property is not required.
Orientation Angle Defines the additional rotation in degrees about the “Orientation Axis” of the
“Orientation System”. Either a real scalar or a reference to an existing field
definition may be specified. The default value is zero. This property is not
required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Plane Strain Gasket Behavior
Model
Quad4
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
288
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the
COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic Modulus and
Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure (Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
289Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Plane Strain Gasket (Material)
P vs Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Thickness This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Plane Strain Built-in Material Quad4
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
290
These options create GKPE4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified
using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Thickness This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
291Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Plane Stress Gasket
These options create GKPS4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET
ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Plane Stress Gasket Behavior
Model
Quad4
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
292
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the
COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic Modulus and
Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure (Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
293Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Plane Stress Gasket (Thick only)
P vs Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Thickness This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Plane Stress Thickness
Behavior Only
Quad4
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
294
These options create GKPS4N elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET
THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure (Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
295Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Plane Stress Gasket (Material)
These options create GKPS4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified
using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
P vs Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the
"Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's
independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and
temperature. This property is not required.
Thickness This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Plane Stress Built-in Material Quad4
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
296
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Thickness This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
297Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Axisymmetric Gasket
These options create GKAX4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used
to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define
the transverse shear behavior.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D
Gasket
Axisymmetric Gasket Behavior
Model
Quad4
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
298
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the
COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic Modulus and
Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure (Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
299Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
P vs Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the
"Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's
independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and
temperature. This property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
300
Axisymmetric Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GKAX4N elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used
to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Axisymmetric Thickness
Behavior Only
Quad4
301Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure (Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
P vs Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
302
Axisymmetric Gasket (Material)
These options create GKAX4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified using the MATERIAL
parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Analysis TypeDimensio
n Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Axisymmetri
c
Built-in Material Quad4
303Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
3D Line Gasket
These options create GK3D4L elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is
used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to
define the transverse shear behavior.
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Line Gasket Behavior
Model
Quad4
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
304
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated
to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with
the COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic
Modulus and Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property
is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction.
It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. This property is
required.
F/L vs. Closure (Loading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input
file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created
with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property.
The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or
Displacement and Temperature. This property is required.
305Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
F/L vs. Closure (Unloading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
unloading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field
created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this
property. The field's independent variables must be either displacement
or displacement and temperature. This property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY
option with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE
SHEAR. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define
this property. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the
"Tabular Input" method may be used to define shear stiffness that
varies with temperature. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required. When this
property is not specified, the gasket elements' thicknesses are
determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for
the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying
vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION
option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the
gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry
on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially
varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the
gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry
on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially
varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
306
3D Line Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GK3D4LN elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is
used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Line Thickness
Behavior Only
Quad4
307Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It
may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. This property is
required.
F/L vs. Closure (Loading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input
file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created
with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property.
The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or
Displacement and Temperature. This property is required.
F/L vs. Closure (Unloading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
unloading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field
created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this
property. The field's independent variables must be either displacement
or displacement and temperature. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required. When this
property is not specified, the gasket elements' thicknesses are
determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for
the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying
vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION
option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define
this property. This property is required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
308
3D Line Gasket (Material)
These options create GK3D4L elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified using the
MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the
gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on
the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying
field may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the
gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on
the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying
field may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Line Built-in Material Quad4
309Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real
constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This
property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used
to define this property. This property is not required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
310
Solid
Options above create C3D4, C3D6, C3D8, C3D8R, C3D10, C3D10M, C3D15, C3D20, C3D20R,
C3D4H, C3D6H, C3D8H, C3D8RH, C3D10H, C3D10MH, C3D15H, C3D20H, C3D20RH, C3D27,
C3D27R, C3D27H, or C3D27RH elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with
∗SOLID SECTION properties. ∗ORIENTATION and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be
created, as required. If tetrahedral or wedge elements are found where reduced integration is requested,
standard integration elements will be used.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real
constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This
property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 3D Solid Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
Modified Formulation
Modified/Hybrid
Laminate Tet/4, Tet/10,
Wedge/6, Wedge/15,
Hex/8, Hex/20,
Hex/27
Tet/10
Tet/10
311Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Material Name Defines the material to be used. When entering data, a list of all materials in the
database is displayed. You can either pick one from the list with the mouse or type
the name in. This identifies the material which will be referenced on the *SOLID
SECTION option. This property is required.
Orientation Axis This property defines the the orientation of the material within the shell element.
This is a reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced coordinate
system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option.
Stack Direction This property defines the direction in which the material layers are stacked. This is
the STACK DIRECTION parameter on the *SOLID SECTION option. An integer
value of 1, 2 or 3 may be entered. Please see the section on defining composite
solid elements in the ABAQUS Standard User’s Manual to determine the correct
stack direction. This property is not required. The default value is 3.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
312
3D Interface
Options above create INTER4, INTER8 or INTER9 elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*INTERFACE, *FRICTION, and *SURFACE CONTACT properties. The SOFTENED parameter on
the *SURFACE CONTACT option may be included, depending on the selected option. This element
defines an interface region between two portions of a spatial model. These elements must be created from
one contact surface to the other.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 3D 3D Interface Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Hex/8,
Hex/20,
Hex/27
313Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
More data input is available for creating 3D Interface elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic
Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than
one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
314
Thermal Link
Property Name Description
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic
slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is
the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION
option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of to redefine the ratio of allowable
maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension.
The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE
parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This
is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION
option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the
c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real
constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is
only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered
not in contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT
option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option.
This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed
to be carried across points in contact. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the
Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction
when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping
coefficient is constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 1D Link Bar/2, Bar/3
Ff
p0
p0
315Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Options above create DC1D2 or DC1D3 elements, depending on the specified topology with *SOLID
SECTION properties. The cross-sectional area value on the *SOLID SECTION option is included.
Thermal Axisymmetric Shell
Options above create DSAX1 or DSAX2 elements (depending on the specified topology) with *SHELL
SECTION properties.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 1D Axisymmetric
Shell
Homogeneous Bar/2, Bar/3
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
316
Thermal Axisymmetric Shell (Laminated)
Options above create DSAX1 or DSAX2 elements (depending on the specified topology) with ∗pebii=
pb`qflk, COMPOSITE properties.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 1D Axisymmetric Shell Laminate Bar/2, Bar/3
317Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Thermal 1D Interface
Options above create DINTER1 elements with ∗fkqboc^`b properties. These elements must be
created from one contact surface to the other. ∗GAP CONDUCTANCE and ∗GAP RADIATION options
are also created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 1D 1D Interface Bar/2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
318
Thermal Shell
Options above create DS3, DS4, DS6 or DS8 elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*SHELL SECTION properties. An *ORIENTATION option may also be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 2D Shell Homogeneous Quad/4, Quad/8
319Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Thermal Shell (Laminated)
Options above create DS3, DS4, DS6 or DS8 elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*SHELL SECTION, COMPOSITE properties. An *ORIENTATION option may also be created, as
required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 2D Shell Laminate Quad/4, Quad/8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
320
Thermal Planar Solid
Options above create DC2D3, DC2D4, DC2D6, DC2D8, DCC2D4, DCC2D4D, DCAX3, DCAX4,
DCAX6, DCAX8,DCCAX4, or DCCAX4D elements (depending on the selected options and topologies)
with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. The thickness value on the ∗plifa=pb`qflk option is included.
An ∗lofbkq^qflk option may also be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 2D 2D Solid Planar
Axisymmetric
Standard Formulation
Convection/Diffusion
Convection/Diffusion
w/Dispersion Control
Tri/3,
Quad/4,
Quad/8
Quad/4
Quad/4
321Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Thermal Preference (Planar)
Options above create DINTER2, DINTER3, DINTER2A, or DINTER3A elements (depending on the
selected option and topology) with *INTERFACE properties. These elements must be created from one
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 2D 2D Interface Planar
Axisymmetric
Quad/4, Quad/8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
322
contact surface to the other. *GAP CONDUCTANCE and ∗GAP RADIATION options are created, as
required.
323Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Thermal Solid
Options above create DC3D4, DC3D6, DC3D8, DC3D10, DC3D15, DC3D20, DCC3D8, or DCC3D8D
(depending on the selected options and topologies) elements with *SOLID SECTION properties. An
*ORIENTATION option may also be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Topologies
Thermal 3D Solid Standard Formulation
Convection/Diffusion
Convection/Diffusion w/
Dispersion Control
Tet/4, Tet/10, Wedge/6,
Wedge/15, Hex/8, Hex/20
Hex/8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
324
Thermal Preference (Solid)
Options above create DINTER4 or DINTER8 elements (depending on the selected) with *INTERFACE
properties. These elements must be created from one contact surface to the other. *GAP
CONDUCTANCE and ∗GAP RADIATION options are also created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 3D 3D Interface Hex/8, Hex/20
325Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Solid Gasket
These options create GK3D8 or GK3D6 elements depending on the element topology. The *GASKET
SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 3D Gasket Gasket Behavior
Model
Wedge6, Hex8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
326
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the
COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic Modulus and
Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure (Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
P vs Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
327Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Solid Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GK3D8N or GK3D6N elements depending on the element topology. The
*GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness, initial gap and initial void values.
The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the
thickness direction.
Orientation System This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two
and three directions for the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET
SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An existing
coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Orientation Axis This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the
Orientation Angle. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an
*ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION
option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An integer value of 1, 2 or 3
may be used to define this property. This property is not required. The
default value is 1.
Orientation Angle This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in
degrees. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION
option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the
ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 3D Gasket Thickness Behavior
Only
Wedge6, Hex8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
328
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure (Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
329Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Solid Gasket (Material)
These options create GK3D8 or GK3D6 elements depending on the element topology. The *GASKET
SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior.
P vs Closure (Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 3D Gasket Built-in Material Wedge6, Hex8
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideElement Properties
330
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
331Chapter 2: Building A ModelElement Properties
Orientation System This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two
and three directions for the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET
SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An existing
coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Orientation Axis This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the
Orientation Angle. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an
*ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION
option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An integer value of 1, 2 or 3
may be used to define this property. This property is not required. The
default value is 1.
Orientation Angle This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in
degrees. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION
option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the
ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideLoads and Boundary Conditions
332
Patran I nterface to ABAQU S Preference Gu ide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
When choosing the Loads/BCs toggle, the Loads and Boundary Conditions form will appear. The
selections made will determine which loads and boundary form is presented, and ultimately, which
ABAQUS loads and boundaries will be created.
The following pages give an introduction to the Loads and Boundary Conditions form, followed by the
details of all the loads and boundary conditions supported by the Patran ABAQUS
Application Preference.
Loads & Boundary Conditions Form
The Loads & Boundary Conditions form shown below provides the following options for the purpose of
creating ABAQUS loads and boundaries. The full functionality of the form is defined in Loads and
Boundary Conditions Form (p. 27) in the Patran Reference Manual.
333Chapter 2: Building A ModelLoads and Boundary Conditions
The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Analysis Type is set to
Structural.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideLoads and Boundary Conditions
334
The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Analysis Code is set to
Thermal.
Input Data
Clicking on the Input Data button generates either a Static or Transient Input Data form, depending on
the current Load Case Type.
Static
This subordinate form appears whenever Load Case Type is set to Static and the Input Data button is
clicked. The information contained on this form will vary according to the Object that has been selected.
Information that remains standard to this form is defined below.
Analysis Type Object Type
Structural • Displacement Nodal
• Force Nodal
• Pressure Element Uniform
• Temperature Nodal
Element Uniform
Element Variable
• Inertial Load Element Uniform
• Initial Velocity Nodal
• Velocity Nodal
• Acceleration Nodal
• Contact (Deform-Deform) Element Uniform
• Contact (Rigid-Deform) Element Uniform
• Pre-Tension Element Uniform
Analysis Type Object Type
Thermal • Temperature (Thermal) Nodal
• Convection Element Uniform
• Heat Flux Element Uniform
• Heat Source Nodal
Element Uniform
• Initial Temperature Nodal
335Chapter 2: Building A ModelLoads and Boundary Conditions
Transient
This subordinate form appears whenever Load Case Type is set to Transient and the Input Data button is
clicked. The information contained on this form will vary according to the Object that has been selected.
Information that remains standard to this form is defined below.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideLoads and Boundary Conditions
336
Object Tables
On the static and transient input data forms are areas where the load data values are defined. The data
fields presented depend on the selected load Object and Type. In some cases, the data fields also depend
on the selected Target Element Type. These Object Tables list and define the various input data that
pertains strictly to a specific selected object:
337Chapter 2: Building A ModelLoads and Boundary Conditions
Displacement
Creates *BOUNDARY TYPE=DISPLACEMENT options.
Force
Creates *CLOAD options.
Pressure
Creates *DLOAD options.
Object Type Type
Displacement Nodal Structural
Input Data Description
Translations (T1,T2,T3) Defines the enforced translational displacement values. These are in model
length units.
Rotations (R1,R2,R3) Defines the enforced rotational displacement values. These are in radians.
Object Type Type
Force Nodal Structural
Input Data Description
Force (F1,F2,F3) Defines the applied forces in the translation degrees-of-freedom.
Moment (M1,M2,M3) Defines the applied moments in the rotational degrees-of-freedom.
Object Type Type Dimension
Pressure Element Uniform Structural 2D
Input Data Description
Top Surf Pressure Defines the magnitude of the pressure in the direction of the negative
normal to the shell.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideLoads and Boundary Conditions
338
Creates *DLOAD options.
Temperature
Creates *TEMPERATURE options.
Creates *TEMPERATURE options.
Bot Surf Pressure Defines the magnitude of the pressure in the direction of the positive
normal to the shell.
Edge Pressure Defines the edge pressure value on axisymmetric, plane strain,and
plane stress elements.
Object Type Type Dimension
Pressure Element Uniform Structural 3D
Input Data Description
Pressure Defines the face pressure value on solid elements.
Object Type Type
Temperature Nodal Structural
Input Data Description
Temperature Defines the nodal temperature value.
Object Type Type Dimension
Temperature Element Uniform Structural 1D
2D
3D
Input Data Description
Temperature Defines the temperature on elements.
Input Data Description
339Chapter 2: Building A ModelLoads and Boundary Conditions
Creates *TEMPERATURE options.
Inertial Load
Creates *DLOAD options with the load type set to GRAV, CENT, or CORIO as appropriate.
Initial Velocity
Object Type Type Dimension
Temperature Element Variable Structural 1D
2D
3D
Input Data Description
Centroid Temp (1D) Defines the temperature at the centroid of the beam.
Axis-1 Gradient (1D) Defines the temperature gradient along the axis-1 of the beam section.
Axis-2 Gradient (1D)S Defines the temperature gradient along the axis-2 of the beam section.
Top Surf Temp (2D) Defines the temperature at the top of the shell element.
Bot Surf Temp (2D) Defines the temperature at the bottom of the shell element.
Temperature (3D) Defines the temperature in the solid element.
Object Type Type
Inertial Load Element Uniform Structural
Input Data Description
Trans Accel (A1,A2,A3) Defines the magnitude and direction of the gravity vector. This must
be assigned to all elements which are to have gravity loads.
Rot Velocity (w1,w2,w3) Defines the centrifugal and Coriolis forces to be applied to the
elements.
Rot Accel (a1,a2,a3) These load terms are not currently supported by Patran ABAQUS.
Object Type Type
Initial Velocity Nodal Structural
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideLoads and Boundary Conditions
340
Creates *INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE=VELOCITY options.
Velocity
Creates *Boundary, Type=Velocity options.
Acceleration
Creates *Boundary, Type=Acceleration options.
Input Data Description
Trans Veloc (v1,v2,v3) Defines the initial velocity values for the translational degrees-of-
freedom.
Rot Veloc (w1,w2,w3) Defines the initial velocity values for the rotational degrees-of-
freedom.
Object Type Type
Velocity Nodal Structural
Input Data Description
Trans Veloc (v1,v2,v3) Defines the velocity values for the translational degrees-of-freedom.
Rot Veloc (w1, w2, w3) Defines the velocity values for the rotational degrees-of-freedom.
Object Type Type
Acceleration Nodal Structural
Input Data Description
Trans Accel (A1, A2, A3) Defines the acceleration values for the translational
degrees-of-freedom.
Rot Accel (a1, a2, a3) Defines the acceleration values for the rotational degrees-of-freedom.
341Chapter 2: Building A ModelLoads and Boundary Conditions
Contact (Deform-Deform)
Defines the contact between two deformable structural bodies and creates the following ABAQUS
input cards:
*Surface Definition: Master and Slave surface definitions.
*Contact Pair: Pairing of the Master and Slave Surfaces.
*Tie: Tying of the Master and Slave Surfaces (version 6 and greater).
*Surface Interaction: Contact Interaction properties between Master and Slave.
*Contact Controls: Set the Automatic Tolerances parameter
*Contact Inerference: Set the Shrink parameter
Object Type Type
Contact Element Uniform Structural
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideLoads and Boundary Conditions
342
Defines the Master and Slave surface interaction properties.
The contact type can be General (contacting surfaces move relative to each other) or Tied (contacting
surfaces remain fixed with respect to each other usually used in mesh refinement). The sliding between
the contacting surfaces can be Large or Small. For contact in 3D space the sliding is limited to Small
sliding. Four types of contact surface behavior options are available, Hard, Softened, Modified
Softened, and No Separation. The surfaces do not separate after contact in the case when No Separation
option is used. Three types of friction formulations are available, Penalty, Lagrange, and No Slip. In the
case of No Slip option there is no relative motion between the contacting surfaces after contact. The
Penetration Type can be One Sided (Only the slave nodes are checked against the master surface) or
Symmetric (Both the slave and master nodes are checked against each other by swapping the master and
slave surfaces). The Contact Control can be turned On to activate the *Contact Control, Automatic
Tolerances parameter. Use this parameter to have ABAQUS automatically compute an overclosure
tolerance and a separation pressure tolerance to prevent chattering in contact. Shrink Fit can be turned
On to activate the *Contact Interference, Shrink parameter. Use this parameter to invoke the automatic
shrink fit capability. This capability can be used only in the first step of an analysis. When this parameter
is invoked, no data are required other than the contact pairs to which the option is applied.
The application region form is used to pick the master and slave surfaces.
343Chapter 2: Building A ModelLoads and Boundary Conditions
Application Region:
Defines the Master and Slave contacting surfaces.
Contact (Rigid-Deform)
Defines the contact between the rigid surface and deformable structural body and creates the following
ABAQUS input cards:
*Surface Definition: Master and Slave surface definitions.
*Contact Pair: Pairing of the Master and Slave Surfaces.
Object Type Type
Contact Element Uniform Structural
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideLoads and Boundary Conditions
344
*Surface Interaction: Contact Interaction properties between Master and Slave.
*Contact Controls: Set the Automatic Tolerances parameter
*Contact Inerference: Set the Shrink parameter
Defines the Master and Slave surface interaction properties.
The sliding between the contacting surfaces can be Large or Small. Four types of contact surface
behavior options are available, Hard, Softened, Modified Softened, and No Separation. The surfaces
do not separate after contact in the case when No Separation option is used. Three types of friction
formulations are available, Penalty, Lagrange, and No Slip. In the case of No Slip option there is no
relative motion between the contacting surfaces after contact. The Contact Control can be turned On to
activate the *Contact Control, Automatic Tolerances parameter. Use this parameter to have ABAQUS
automatically compute an overclosure tolerance and a separation pressure tolerance to prevent chattering
345Chapter 2: Building A ModelLoads and Boundary Conditions
in contact. Shrink Fit can be turned On to activate the *Contact Interference, Shrink parameter. Use
this parameter to invoke the automatic shrink fit capability. This capability can be used only in the first
step of an analysis. When this parameter is invoked, no data are required other than the contact pairs to
which the option is applied. A vector pointing from the rigid line to the slave surface must be defined.
This vector is used to calculate the order of rigid bar elements. The vector should be defined such that
the most of the vector markers point away from the rigid line.
The application region form is used to pick the master and slave surfaces.
Application Region:
Defines the Master and Slave contacting surfaces.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideLoads and Boundary Conditions
346
Application Region:
Defines the Master and Slave contacting surfaces. This form appears when Contact Type: is Rigid Geom.
and Master: is Rigid Surface.
347Chapter 2: Building A ModelLoads and Boundary Conditions
Pre-tension
Creates *BOUNDARY and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options.
Creates *BOUNDARY, *SURFACE and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options.
Creates *CLOAD and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options.
Object Type Option Type Dimension
Pre-tension Element Uniform Displacement Structural 1D
Input Data Description
Relative Displacement Defines the relative displacement to apply to the length of the elements.
Object Type Option Type Dimension
Pre-tension Element Uniform Displacement Structural 2D, 3D
Input Data Description
Relative Displacement Defines the relative displacement to apply to the underlying elements in the
direction of the section's normal.
Object Type Option Type Dimension
Pre-tension Element Uniform Force Structural 1D
Input Data Description
Force Defines the pre-tension force to apply to the elements.
Object Type Option Type Dimension
Pre-tension Element Uniform Force Structural 2D, 3D
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideLoads and Boundary Conditions
348
Creates *CLOAD, *SURFACE and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options.
Temperature (Thermal)
Creates *BOUNDARY options.
Convection
Creates *FILM options.
Input Data Description
Force Defines the pre-tension force to apply to the underlying elements in the direction of
the section's normal.
Object Type Type
Temp (Thermal) Nodal Thermal
Input Data Description
Temperature Defines the nodal temperature value.
Object Type Type Dimension
Convection Element Uniform Thermal 2D
Input Data Description
Top Surf Convection Defines the convection coefficient for the top surface of a shell element.
Bot Surf Convection Defines the convection coefficient for the bottom surface of a shell element.
Edge Convection Defines the convection coefficient for the edges of axisymmetric, plane
strain, and plane stress type elements.
Ambient Temp Defines the ambient temperature.
Object Type Type Dimension
Convection Element Uniform Thermal 3D
349Chapter 2: Building A ModelLoads and Boundary Conditions
Creates *FILM options.
Heat Flux
Creates *DFLUX options.
Creates *DFLUX options.
Heat Source
Input Data Description
Convection Defines the convection coefficient for the face of a solid element.
Ambient Temp Defines the ambient temperature.
Object Type Type Dimension
Heat Flux Element Uniform Thermal 2D
Input Data Description
Top Surf Heat Flux Defines the heat flux for the top surface of a shell element.
Bot Surf Heat Flux Defines the heat flux for the bottom surface of a shell element.
Edge Heat Flux Defines the heat flux for the edges of axisymmetric, plane strain, and plane
stress type elements.
Object Type Type Dimension
Heat Flux Element Uniform Thermal 3D
Input Data Description
Heat Flux Defines the heat flux for the face of a solid element.
Object Type Type
Heat Source Nodal Thermal
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideLoads and Boundary Conditions
350
Creates *CFLUX options.
Creates *DFLUX options.
Initial Temperature
Creates *INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE=TEMPERATURE options
Input Data Description
Heat Source Defines the reference magnitude for flux (units ).
Object Type Type
Heat Source Element Uniform Thermal
Input Data Description
Heat Source Defines the reference magnitude for flux (units ).
Object Type Type
Initial Temperature Nodal Thermal
Input Data Description
Temperature Defines the initial temperature for a specified node.
JT 1Ó
JT 1Ó
351Chapter 2: Building A ModelLoad Cases
Load Cases
Load Cases in Patran ABAQUS are used to group a series of Load sets into one load environment for the
model. A load case is selected when preparing an analysis, not load sets. The individual load sets are
translated into the input options described in the Object Tables of the section on Loads and Boundary
Conditions form.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideGroup
352
Group
Groups in Patran ABAQUS are used to create groups of nodes (*NSET) and groups of elements
(*ELSET). All the groups created in Patran will be translated as *NSETs and *ELSETs except for the
“default_group” which always exists in the database, and group names which do not begin with an
alphabetic character (a-z, A-Z).d
Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
3 Running an Analysis
� Review of the Analysis Form 354
� Translation Parameters 357
� Restart Parameters 358
� Optional Controls 359
� Direct Text Input 360
� Step Creation 361
� Step Selection 432
� Read Input File 433
� ABAQUS Input File Reader 435
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideReview of the Analysis Form
354
Review of the Analysis Form
The Analysis toggle located on the main form for Patran brings up The Analysis Form (p. 8) in the
MSC.Patran Reference Manual. This form is used to request an analysis of the model with the ABAQUS
finite element program. It can also be used to incorporate the contents of an ABAQUS results file into
the database. See Read Results.
The following page gives an introduction to the Analysis form used to prepare an ABAQUS analysis.
This is followed by detailed descriptions of the subordinate forms that can be displayed from the
Analysis form.
355Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisReview of the Analysis Form
Analysis Form
Setting the Action option menu on the Analysis Form to Analyze indicates that an analysis run is
being prepared.
The Object indicates which part of the model is to be analyzed. It can be set to either Entire Model or
Current Group. If the whole model is to be analyzed, select Entire Model. If only a part of the model is
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideReview of the Analysis Form
356
to be analyzed, create a group of that part, set that as the current group, then select Current Group as
the Object.
The Method indicates how far the translation is to be taken. Currently only Analysis Deck is supported.
The method generates an ABAQUS input deck.
357Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisTranslation Parameters
Translation Parameters
This subordinate form appears whenever the Translation Parameters button is selected. The parameters
controlling the translation of the ABAQUS input deck are defined on this form.
Note: The spatially varying field property values are compared within the band of +half of
field properties tolerance and -half of field properties tolerance to group the
elements. The property values for this group of elements are added and divided by the number
of elements in this group to get the average property value to be used.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideRestart Parameters
358
Restart Parameters
This subordinate form appears whenever the Restart Parameters button is selected. This form creates a
*RESTART option (see Section 7.10.1 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
359Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisOptional Controls
Optional Controls
This subordinate form appears whenever the Restart Parameters button is selected.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideDirect Text Input
360
Direct Text Input
This subordinate form appears whenever the Direct Text Input button is selectedK
This widget is to facilitate the input of the ABAQUS input data that cannot be created using the
functionality available in Patran. All data input here will be appended to the ABAQUS model data before
the step history block.
Note: There is no checking available for invalid input.
Note: The font for the text input may vary from one system to another. A default font is specified in
app_defaults/Patran file:
Patran*fixedFont: -misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--13-100-100-100-c-70-iso8859-1
For any problems with the text on a particular system, change the font specifications in the
Patran file which should reside in your ~home directory. Use xfontsel, or xlxfonts commands to
get the list of available fonts on a given system.
361Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Step Creation
This subordinate form appears whenever the Step Creation button is selected on the Analysis form. A
step is defined by associating the load cases created and stored on the database, with the ABAQUS
analysis procedure that best addresses that load case, and the relevant associated parameters that guide
the solution path for the chosen analysis procedure. There is no importance to the order in which the Job
Steps are created on this form--they will be ordered for the job in the Step Selection form.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
362
Select Load Cases
This subordinate form appears whenever the Select Load Cases button is selected on the
Step Creation form.
Output Requests
This subordinate form appears whenever the Output Requests button is selected on the Step Create form.
It is used for specifying the specific variables to be included in the output from ABAQUS options such
as: ∗EL PRINT, ∗ENERGY PRINT, ∗MODAL PRINT, ∗NODE PRINT, ∗PRINT, ∗EL FILE,
∗ENERGY FILE, ∗FILE FORMAT, ∗MODAL FILE, and ∗NODE FILE *ELEMENT MATRIX
OUTPUT. An explanation of the output variables that can be requested is included in the Output Requests
description for each solution type.
363Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Direct Text Input
This subordinate form appears whenever the Direct Text Input button is selectedK
This widget is to facilitate the input of the ABAQUS input data that cannot be created using the
functionality available in Patran menus. All data input here will be appended to the ABAQUS step
history being created.
Note: There is no checking available for invalid data.
The font for the text input may vary from one system to another. A default font is specified
in app_defaults/Patran file:
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
364
Patran*fixedFont: -misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--13-100-100-100-c-70-iso8859-1
For any problems with the text on a particular system, change the font specifications in the Patran file
which should reside in your ~home directory. Use xfontsel, or xlxfonts commands to get the list of
available fonts on a given system.
Solution Types
Each step has an associated Solution type, and the information that is requested on the Solution
Parameters and Output Requests forms varies based on this selection. ABAQUS calls these analysis
procedures, and the full explanations of these procedures can be found in Chapter 2 “Procedures Library”
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
Parameter Type Description
Linear Static Static stress analysis is used when inertia effects can be neglected.
During a linear static step, the model’s response is defined by the
linear elastic stiffness at the base state, the state of deformation and
stress at the beginning of the step. For ∗HYPERELASTIC and
∗HYPERFOAM materials, the tangent elastic moduli in the base
state is used. Contact conditions cannot change during the step--they
remain as they are defined in the base state.
Natural Frequency This solution type uses eigenvalue techniques to extract the
frequencies of the current system. The stiffness determined at the
end of the previous step is used as the basis for the extraction, so that
small vibrations of a preloaded structure can be modeled.
365Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Bifurcation Buckling Eigenvalue buckling estimates are obtained. Classical eigenvalue
buckling analysis (e.g., “Euler” buckling) is often used to estimate
the critical (buckling) load of “stiff” structures. “Stiff” structures are
those that carry their design loads primarily by axial or membrane
action, rather than by bending action. Their response usually
involves very little deformation prior to buckling.
Direct Linear Transient This solution procedure integrates all of the equations of motion
through time, and is significantly more expensive than modal
methods for finding dynamic response for linear systems. For linear
systems, the dynamic method, using the Hilber-Hughes-Taylor
operator, is unconditionally stable, meaning there is no mathematical
limit on the size of the time increment that can be used to integrate a
linear system. Since the procedure uses a fixed time increment, the
HAFTOL parameter on the *DYNAMIC card is not required.
Direct Steady State Dynamics Calculates steady state response for the given range of frequencies.
The damping may be created by dashpots, by “Rayleigh” damping
associated with materials, and by viscoelasticity included in the
material definitions.
Modal Linear Transient This solution type gives the response of the model as a function of
time, based on a given time dependent loading. The procedure is
based on using a subset of the eigenmodes of the system, which must
first be extracted using the NATURAL FREQUENCY solution
type.The number of modes extracted must be sufficient to model the
dynamic response of the system adequately. This is a matter of
judgment on the part of the user. The modal amplitudes are
integrated through time and the response synthesized from these
modal responses.
Modal Steady State Dynamics This solution type provides the response of the system when it is
excited by harmonic loading at a given frequency. This procedure is
usually preceded by extraction of the natural modes using the
NATURAL FREQUENCY solution type, although ABAQUS also
allows the response to be calculated directly from the system
matrices for use in those cases where the eigenvalues cannot be
extracted, such as a nonsymmetric stiffness case, or models in which
the behavior is itself a function of frequency, such as frequency
dependent material damping.
Parameter Type Description
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
366
Response Spectrum This solution type provides an estimate of the peak response of a
structure to steady-state dynamic motion of its fixed points (“base
motion”). The method is typically used when an approximate
estimate of such peak response is required for design purposes. The
procedure is based on using a subset of the eigenmodes of the
system, which must first be extracted using the NATURAL
FREQUENCY solution type.
Random Vibration This solution type predicts the response of a system which is
subjected to a nondeterministic continuous excitation that is
expressed in a statistical sense using a power spectral density
function. The procedure is based on using a subset of the eigenmodes
of the system, which must first be extracted using the NATURAL
FREQUENCY solution type.
Nonlinear Static Nonlinear static analysis requires the solution of nonlinear
equilibrium equations, for which ABAQUS uses Newton’s method.
Many problems involve history dependent response, so that the
solution is usually obtained as a series of increments, with iteration
within each increment to obtain equilibrium. For most cases, the
automatic incrementation provided by ABAQUS is preferred,
although direct user control is also provided for those cases where
the user has experience with a particular problem.
Parameter Type Description
367Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Nonlinear Transient Dynamic
This solution type is used when nonlinear dynamic response is being
studied. Because all of the equations of motion of the system must be
integrated through time, direct integration methods are generally
significantly more expensive than modal methods. For most cases,
the automatic incrementation provided by ABAQUS is preferred,
although direct user control is also provided for those cases where
the user has experience with a particular problem.
Creep This analysis procedure performs a transient, static,
stress⁄displacement analysis. It is especially provided for the analysis
of materials which are described by the ∗CREEP material form.
Viscoelastic (Time Domain) This is especially provided for the time domain analysis of materials
which are described by the ∗VISCOELASTIC, TIME material
option. The dissipative part of the material behavior is defined
through a Prony series representation of the normalized shear and
bulk relaxation moduli, either specified directly on the
∗VISCOELASTIC, TIME material option, determined from user
input creep test data, or determined from user input relaxation test
data.
Viscoelastic (Frequency Domain)
This is especially provided for the frequency domain analysis of
materials which are described by the ∗VISCOELASTIC,
FREQUENCY material option, which is activated by a ∗STEADY
STATE DYNAMICS, DIRECT procedure.The dissipative part of the
material behavior is defined by the real and imaginary parts of the
Fourier transforms of the nondimensional shear viscoelasticity
parameter g and, for compressible materials, of the bulk
viscoelasticity parameter k.
Steady State Heat Transfer This solution type is for pure heat transfer problems for which the
∗HEAT TRANSFER option is used and where the temperature field
can be found without knowledge of stress and deformation of the
bodies being studied.
Transient Heat Transfer This solution type is for pure transient heat transfer problems for
which the ∗HEAT TRANSFER option is used and where the
temperature field can be found without knowledge of stress and
deformation of the bodies being studied. For all transient heat
transfer cases, the time increments may be specified directly, or will
be selected automatically based on a user prescribed maximum nodal
temperature change in a step. Automatic time incrementation is
generally preferred.
Parameter Type Description
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
368
Linear Static
Read Temperature File=
This option is used to specify temperatures via the results file which has been generated from a previous
heat transfer analysis. Only one temperature results file is allowed in an analysis but the same file can be
referenced by many steps.
369Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Linear Static
If the selected solution type is Linear Static then the following parameters may be defined on the Output
Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components
The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed.
For example, the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) only,
while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six
components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23). Note that ABAQUS
always reports the Cauchy, or true stress, which is equal to the
force per current area. For more information about element output,
see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants
The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal stress, second
principal stress, third principal stress, and the third stress invariant.
These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a
change of coordinate system. For elastic analyses, the von Mises
and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that
the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components
This is the total strain value for each component output. The strain
components output depend on the elements analyzed, analogous to
the stress components. Note that, for linear elastic analyses, the
total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Elem Energy Densities
The strain energy per unit volume of each element. Plastic, creep,
and viscous dissipative energy densities should not be affected by
linear static analysis.
ENER
Elem Energy Magnitudes
The strain energy of each element. Plastic, creep, and viscous
dissipative energy densities should not be affected by linear static
analysis.
ELEN
Internal Stress Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the element
stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial
force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments and
bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in Section
3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct membrane,
shear, and moment forces per unit width, as applicable. These are
discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
370
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as applicable,
these include the axial strain, transverse shear strains, curvature
changes, and twist about the local axes.These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement and
rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping degree-
of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of an open
section beam element, is not supported by Patran at this time.
U
Reaction Forces
The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore, resist
changes in the system. The direction convention is the same as that
for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on
adjacent elements).
CF
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
371Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Natural Frequency
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution types
is Natural Frequency. This generates ∗FREQUENCY procedures (see Section 9.3.5 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). The optional NLGEOM parameter on the ∗STEP option may be
included, as defined below. None of the other optional parameters on the ∗pqbm option (AMPLITUDE,
INC, or MONOTONIC) are used.
Natural Frequency
If the selected Solution Type is Natural Frequency, then the following parameters may be defined on the
Output Requests form. A complete discussion of the ABAQUS results file can be found in Chapter 6 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. Note that the Natural Frequency solution type extracts the
frequency and corresponding mode shapes (eigenvalues and eigenmodes), usually for use in a later
analysis (e.g., Response Spectrum). The stresses and strains corresponding to the mode shapes can be
Whole Model Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep dissipation,
and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
372
output, but are usually of limited direct value except as a possible means for guiding mode limitations for
future analyses.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components
The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress,
which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, First principal stress,
second principal stress, third principal stress, and the third
stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities which
do not vary with a change of coordinate system.
SINV
Strain Components
This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that, for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
373Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Bifurcation Buckling
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Bifurcation Buckling. This form defines the data required for a *BUCKLE command (see Section
9.3.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This step may be included either as the first step or when
the structure has already been preloaded. If the structure has been preloaded, the buckle sensitivity
around the preloaded state is calculated. The problem is a classical eigenvalue problem, with the
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Element Mass Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
374
eigenvalues defined as the load multipliers of the load pattern for which buckling sensitivity is being
investigated.
Bifurcation Buckling
If the selected Solution Type is Bifurcation Buckling then the following parameters may be defined on
the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components
The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed.
For example, the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11)
only, while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six
components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23). Note that
ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress, which is
equal to the force per current area. For more information about
element output, see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual.
S11, S22,
S33, S12,
S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal stress, second
principal stress, third principal stress, and the third stress
invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not
vary with a change of coordinate system. For elastic analyses,
the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be
monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the
assumptions of linearity.
SINV
375Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Strain Components
This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that, for linear elastic
analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments and
bimoment about the local axes.
These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as applicable,
these include the axial strain, transverse shear strains, curvature
changes, and twist about the local axes.These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Sectiono 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
376
Direct Linear Transient
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type
is Direct Linear Transient. This generates a *DYNAMIC procedure, with the optional DIRECT
parameter included (see Section 9.3.4 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Note that modal
methods are usually more economical for linear dynamic analysis. Many of the parameters described in
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual for the *DYNAMIC option are not used for this option.
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement and
rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of an
open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Element Mass Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
377Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Direct Linear Transient
If the selected Solution Type is Direct Linear Transient then the following parameters may be defined
on this form.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress,
which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal stress,
second principal stress, third principal stress, and the third
stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities which do
not vary with a change of coordinate system. For elastic
analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can
be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the
assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear elastic
analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
378
Elem Energy Densities
The strain energy per unit volume of each element. ENER
Elem Energy Magnitudes
The strain energy of each element. ELEN
Internal Stress Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the element
stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as applicable,
these include the axial strain, transverse shear strains, curvature
changes, and twist about the local axes.These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
379Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement and
rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of an
open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as
for displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as
for displacements.
A
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e.g.,
the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on
adjacent elements).
CF
Whole Model Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
380
Direct Steady State Dynamics
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type
is Direct Steady State Dynamics. This generates a ∗STEADY STATE DYNAMIC procedure.
Direct Steady State Dynamics
If the selected solution type is Direct Steady State Dynamics, then the following parameters may be
defined on the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and
the third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar
quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate
system. For elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the
Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the
analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Ph Angle Stress Components
The phase angle shift of the stress components. PHS
381Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output.
The strain components output depend on the elements
analyzed, analogous to the stress components. Note that,
for linear elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the
elastic strain.
E
Ph Angle Strain Components
The phase angle shift of the strain components. PHE
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include
the axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending
moments and bimoment about the local axes. These are
discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
382
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component
of an open section beam element, is not supported by
Patran at this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Phase Angle Rel. Displacements
The phase angle shift of the relative displacement
components.
PU
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and
therefore, resist changes in the system. The direction
convention is the same as that for nodal output.
RF
Phase Angle Reaction Forces
The phase angle shift of the reaction force components. PRF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Element Mass Matrix Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
383Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Modal Linear Transient
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type
is Modal Linear Transient. This generates a *FREQUENCY procedure (see Section 9.3.5 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual) followed by a ∗MODAL DYNAMIC procedure (see Section 9.3.8
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). A ∗MODAL DAMPING option will also be generated, as
required. Only one load case may be selected.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
384
Modal Linear Transient
This subordinate form appears whenever the Output Request button is selected on the Step Create form,
and the Solution Type is Modal Linear Transient.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress,
which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22,
S33, S12,
S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal tress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
385Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N)
STH
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Acceleration Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
386
Total Displacements The summation of all individual modal components of
displacement. The output follows the same convention as for
the individual modal components.
TU
Total Velocities The summation of all individual modal components of
velocity. The output follows the same convention as for the
individual modal components.
TV
Total Accelerations The summation of all individual modal components of
acceleration. The output follows the same convention as for
the individual modal components.
TA
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads,
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions
on adjacent elements).
CF
Generalized Displacements
The displacements associated with the modes of vibrations,
each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated
frequency (eigenvalue).
GU
Generalized Velocities
The velocities associated with the modes of vibration. GV
Generalized Accelerations
The accelerations associated with the modes of vibration. GA
Strain Energy per Mode
Elastic strain energy for the entire model per each mode. SNE
Kinetic Energy per Mode
Kinetic energy for the entire model per each mode. KE
External Work per Mode
External work for the entire model per each mode. T
Base Motion The base motion (displacement, velocity, or acceleration). BM
Whole Model Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
387Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Define Damping Direct
When the type of Modal Damping selected is Direct, this subordinate form appears whenever Define
Damping is selected. The data is used to define the *MODAL DAMPING option (see Section 9.6.6 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual) with the MODAL parameter set to DIRECT.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
388
Define Damping Rayleigh
When the type of Modal Damping selected is Rayleigh, this subordinate form appears whenever Define
Damping is selected. This form defines the data required for the *MODAL DAMPING, RAYLEIGH
option (see Section 9.6.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Base Motion
This subordinate form appears whenever Define Base Motion is selected from the Modal Linear
Transient, Steady State Dynamics, or Viscoelasticity Frequency Domain Solution Parameter forms.
It defines the values on the ∗BASE MOTION option (see Section 9.4.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual).
389Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Steady State Dynamics
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Steady State Dynamics. This generates a *STEADY STATE DYNAMICS procedure (see Section
9.3.13 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). A *FREQUENCY procedure may also be created
prior to the *STEADY STATE DYNAMICS procedure, if required.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
390
Steady State Dynamics
If the selected solution type is Steady State Dynamics, then the following parameters may be defined on
the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13,
S23). Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or
true stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For
more information about element output, see Chapter 3 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Ph Angle Stress Component
The phase angle shift of the stress components. PHS
391Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and
the third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar
quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate
system. For elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the
Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that
the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output.
The strain components output depend on the elements
analyzed, analogous to the stress components. Note that
for linear elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the
elastic strain.
E
Ph Angle Strain Component
The phase angle shift of the strain components. PHE
Element Energy Magnitudes
A scalar value for the energy content of the element. ELEN
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include
the axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending
moments and bimoment about the local axes. These are
discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section
7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
392
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the
displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component
of an open section beam element, is not supported by
Patran at this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Total Displacements The summation of all individual modal components of
displacement. The output follows the same convention as
for the individual modal components.
TU
Total Velocities The summation of all individual modal components of
velocity. The output follows the same convention as for
the individual modal components.
TV
Total Accelerations The summation of all individual modal components of
acceleration. The output follows the same convention as
for the individual modal components.
TA
Phase Angle Rel. Displacements
All components of the phase angle of the displacements at
the node.
PU
Phase Angle Total Displacements
All components of the phase angle of the total
displacements at the node.
PTU
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
393Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and so,
therefore, resist changes in the system. The direction
convention is the same as that for nodal output.
RF
Phase Angle Reaction Forces
All components of the phase angle of the reaction forces
at the node.
PRF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads,
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Generalized Displacements
The displacements associated with the modes of
vibrations, each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and
associated frequency (eigenvalue).
GU
Generalized Velocities The velocities associated with the modes of vibration. GV
Generalized Accelerations
The accelerations associated with the modes of vibration. GA
Phase Angle Generalized Displacements
The phase angle of displacements associated with the
modes of vibrations, each of which have a shape
(eigenmode) and associated frequency (eigenvalue).
PGU
Phase Angle Generalized Velocities
The phase angle of velocities associated with the modes of
vibration.
PGV
Phase Angle Generalized Accelerations
The phase angle of accelerations associated with the
modes of vibration.
PGA
Strain Energy per Mode
Elastic strain energy for the entire model per each mode. SNE
Kinetic Energy per Mode
Kinetic energy for the entire model per each mode. KE
External Work per Mode
External work for the entire model per each mode. T
Base Motion The base motion (displacement, velocity, or acceleration). BM
Whole Model Energies The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
394
Define Frequencies
The data on this form is used to define the input for the *STEADY STATE DYNAMICS option (see
Section 9.3.13 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Response Spectrum
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Response Spectrum. This generates a *FREQUENCY procedure, and a *RESPONSE
SPECTRUM procedure (see Sections 9.3.5 and 9.3.10, respectively, of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). A ∗SPECTRUM option is also created (see Section 7.11.5 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual).
395Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Define Response Spectra (Response Spectrum)
This subordinate form appears whenever the Define Response Spectra button is selected on the Response
Spectrum Solution Parameter form.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
396
Define Spectrum (Response Spectrum)
This form appears whenever the Define Spectrum button is selected on the Response Spectra form, which
is itself subordinate to the Response Spectrum Solution Parameter Form. Similar forms are used for the
second and third directions.The data on this form will define the *SPECTRUM option (see Section 7.11.5
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
397Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Response Spectrum
If the selected solution type is Response Spectrum, then the following parameters may be defined on the
Output Requests form.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
398
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
399Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
400
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
401Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Generalized Displacements
The displacements associated with the modes of vibrations,
each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated
frequency (eigenvalue).
GU
Generalized Velocities The velocities associated with the modes of vibration. GV
Generalized Accelerations
The accelerations associated with the modes of vibration. GA
Strain Energy per Mode
Elastic strain energy for the entire model per each mode. SNE
Kinetic Energy per Mode
Kinetic energy for the entire model per each mode. KE
External Work per Mode
External work for the entire model per each mode. T
Base Motion The base motion (displacement, velocity, or acceleration). BM
Whole Model Energies The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
402
Random Vibration
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Random Vibration. This generates a *FREQUENCY procedure and a *RANDOM RESPONSE
procedure (see Sections 9.3.5 and 9.3.9 of the ABAQUS⁄Standard User’s Manual).
403Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Define Spectrum (Random Vibration)
The Spectrum Data Table form is used to define the power spectral density function data for the ∗PSD-
DEFINITION option (see Section 7.11.3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
404
Random Vibration
If the selected solution type is Random Vibration, then the following parameters may be defined on the
Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress,
which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22,
S33, S12,
S13, S23
R.M.S. Stress Components
The root mean square value of the stress components. RA
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal stress,
second principal stress, third principal stress, and the third
stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities which
do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For elastic
analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can
be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the
assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear elastic
analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
R.M.S. Strain Components
The root mean square value of the strain components. RE
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
405Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as
for displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as
for displacements.
A
R.M.S. Relative Displacement
The root mean square value of the displacement components
relative to the base motion.
RU
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
406
R.M.S. Relative Velocities
The root mean square value of the velocity components
relative to the base motion.
RV
R.M.S. Relative Acceleration
The root mean square value of the acceleration components
relative to the base motion.
RA
Total Displacements The total displacement (including base motion) of the nodes. TU
Total Velocities The total velocity (including base motion) of the nodes. TV
Total Acceleration The total acceleration (including base motion) of the nodes. TA
R.M.S. Total Displacements
The root mean square value of the displacement components
including the base motion.
RTU
R.M.S. Total Velocities
The root mean square value of the velocity components
including the base motion.
RTV
R.M.S. Total Accelerations
The root mean square value of the acceleration components
including the base motion.
RTA
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
R.M.S. Reaction Forces
The root mean square value of the modal component of the
reaction forces.
RRF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e.g.,
the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on
adjacent elements).
CF
Generalized Displacements
The displacements associated with the modes of vibrations,
each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated
frequency (eigenvalue).
GU
Generalized Velocities
The velocities associated with the modes of vibrations, each of
which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated frequency
(eigenvalue).
GV
Generalized Accelerations
The accelerations associated with the modes of vibrations,
each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated
frequency (eigenvalue).
GA
Base Motion The base motion (displacement, velocity, or acceleration). BM
Whole Model Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation is reported.
ALLEN
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
407Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Nonlinear Static
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Nonlinear Static. This generates a *STATIC procedure with the associated *STEP option. The
NLGEOM parameter on the *STEP command is included. The NLGEOM parameter is included on the
*STEP option.
More data input is available for defining the Nonlinear Static Solution Parameters shown on the
previous page. Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu if the Riks method is
not selected.
Element Mass Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
408
Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu if the Riks method is selected.
Parameter Name Description
Max No of Increments Defines the maximum number of increments that can be used
within a single step. This is a positive integer value. This is the
optional INC parameter on the ∗STEP option.
Initial DELTA-T Defines the initial time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. This will be modified as required if the automatic time
stepping scheme is used. Otherwise, it will be used as a constant
time increment.
Minimum DELTA-T Defines the minimum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If
ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value,
the analysis is terminated.
Maximum DELTA-T Defines the maximum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If this
value is not specified, no upper limit is imposed.
Time Duration of Step Defines the total time period of the step. This is a real constant.
Parameter Name Description
Initial Load Fraction Defines the initial load fraction to be applied to the model. This is
a real constant. This is the initial time increment data value on the
∗STATIC command.
Minimum Load Fraction Defines the minimum load fraction which will be added during any
increment. These are real constants.
Maximum Load Fraction Defines the maximum load fraction which will be added during
any increment. These are real constants.
Stopping Condition Indicates which stopping condition is to be used. This can be set to
“Max. no. increments”, “Max. load multiplier”, or “Monitor a
Node.” This indicates which stopping condition data values are to
be defined on the ∗STATIC option.
Max. Load Multiplier This defines the maximum load multiplier allowed before the
iteration will be stopped. This is only used if “Max. load
multiplier,” or “Monitor a Node” are selected.
Node Number Indicates the node ID to be monitored. This is only used if
“Monitor a Node” is selected.
409Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Nonlinear Static
If the selected solution type is Nonlinear Static, then the following parameters may be defined on the
Output Requests form.
Limit Value Defines the limiting displacement at the node being monitored.
This is only used if “Monitor a Node” is selected.
DOF Number Indicates which degree-of-freedom at this node is to be monitored.
This is only used if “Monitor a Node” is selected.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress,
which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22,
S33, S12,
S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal stress,
second principal stress, third principal stress, and the third
stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities which do
not vary with a change of coordinate system. For elastic
analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can
be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the
assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear elastic
analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Plastic Strains The plastic strain component of the total strain. PE
Creep Strains The creep strain component of the total strain. CE
Elastic Strains The elastic strain component of the total strain. Note that the
elastic strain component is the component from which the
stress is computed.
EE
Inelastic Strains The total strain minus the elastic strain component. IE
Parameter Name Description
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
410
Elem Energy Densities
The energy per unit volume of each element. Strain, plastic,
creep, and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported.
ENER
Elem Energy Magnitudes
The energy of each element. Strain, kinetic, plastic, creep, and
viscous dissipative energies are reported.
ELEN
Internal Stress Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the element
stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local axes.These
are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
411Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Displacement Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of an
open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e.g.,
the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on
adjacent elements).
CF
Whole Model Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation is reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
412
Nonlinear Transient Dynamic
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Nonlinear Transient Dynamic. This generates a ∗DYNAMIC procedure, with the associated
∗STEP option. The DIRECT and HAFTOL parameters are available on the ∗DYNAMIC option.
413Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
More data input is available for defining the Nonlinear Transient Dynamic Solution Parameters shown
on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu.
Parameter Name Description
Initial DELTA-T Defines the initial time increment to be used. This is a real constant.
This will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping
scheme is used. Otherwise, it will be used as a constant time
increment.
Minimum DELTA-T Defines the minimum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If
ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value, the
analysis is terminated.
Maximum DELTA-T Defines the maximum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If this
value is not specified, no upper limit is imposed.
Time Duration of Step Defines the total time period of the step. This is a real constant.
Max Error in Mid Increment Residual
This is the HAFTOL parameter on the ∗DYNAMIC option. See
Section 9.3.4 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual and Section
5.2.1 of the ABAQUS/Standard Example Problems.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
414
Nonlinear Transient Dynamic
If the selected solution type is Nonlinear Transient Dynamics, then the following parameters may be
defined on the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that, for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Plastic Strains The plastic strain component of the total strain. PE
Creep Strains The creep strain component of the total strain. CE
Elastic Strains The elastic strain component of the total strain. Note that the
elastic strain component is the component from which the
stress is computed.
EE
Inelastic Strains The total strain minus the elastic strain component. IE
Elem Energy Densities
The energy per unit volume of each element. Strain, plastic,
creep, and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported.
ENER
Elem Energy Magnitudes
The energy of each element. Strain, kinetic, elastic, creep,
and viscous dissipative energies are reported.
ELEM
Internal Stress Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the
element stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
415Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SW
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
416
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions
on adjacent elements).
CF
Whole Model Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation is reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
417Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Creep
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Creep. This generates a ∗VISCO procedure, with the associated ∗STEP option.
More data input is available for defining the Creep Solution Parameters shown on the previous page.
Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu.
Parameter Name Description
Initial DELTA-T Defines the initial time increment to be used. This is a real constant.
This will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping
scheme is used.
Otherwise, it will be used as a constant time increment.
Minimum DELTA-T Defines the minimum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If
ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value, the
analysis is terminated.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
418
Creep
The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed, analogous to the stress components. In
addition, the total strain component can be separated into its contributory parts (e.g., elastic strain, plastic
strains, etc.) and these are reported separately.
Maximum DELTA-T Defines the maximum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If this
value is not specified, no upper limit is imposed.
Time Duration of Step Defines the total time period of the step. This is a real constant.
Admissable Error in Strain Increment
This is the CETOL parameter on the ∗VISCO option. See Section
9.3.15 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Plastic Strains The plastic strain component of the total strain. PE
Creep Strains The creep strain component of the total strain. CE
Parameter Name Description
419Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Elastic Strains The elastic strain component of the total strain. Note that the
elastic strain component is the component from which the
stress is computed.
EE
Inelastic Strains The total strain minus the elastic strain component. IE
Elem Energy Densities
The energy per unit volume of each element. Strain, plastic,
creep, and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported.
ENER
Elem Energy Magnitudes
The energy of each element. Strain, kinetic, elastic, creep,
and viscous dissipative energies are reported.
ELEM
Internal Stress Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the
element stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
420
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Whole Model Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
421Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Viscoelastic (Time Domain)
This subordinate form appears whenever Solution Parameters is selected and the Solution Type is
Viscoelastic (Time Domain). This generates a ∗VISCO procedure, with the associated ∗STEP command.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
422
More data input is available for defining the Viscoelastic (Time Domain) Solution Parameters shown on
the previous page. Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu.
Viscoelastic (Time Domain)
If the selected Solution Type is Viscoelastic (Time Domain), then the following parameters may be
defined on the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Initial DELTA-T Defines the initial time increment to be used. This is a real constant.
This will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping
scheme is used. Otherwise, it will be used as a constant time
increment.
Minimum DELTA-T Defines the minimum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If
ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value, the
analysis is terminated.
Maximum DELTA-T Defines the maximum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If this
value is not specified, no upper limit is imposed.
Time Duration of Step Defines the total time period of the step. This is a real constant.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
423Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Plastic Strains The plastic strain component of the total strain. PE
Creep Strains The creep strain component of the total strain. CE
Elastic Strains The elastic strain component of the total strain. Note that
the elastic strain component is the component from which
the stress is computed.
EE
Inelastic Strains The total strain minus the elastic strain component. IE
Elem Energy Densities
The energy per unit volume of each element. Strain, plastic,
creep, and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported.
ENER
Elem Energy Magnitudes
The energy of each element. Strain, kinetic, elastic, creep,
and viscous dissipative energies are reported.
ELEM
Internal Stress Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the
element stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
424
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and
therefore, resist changes in the system. The direction
convention is the same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Whole Model Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation is reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
425Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Viscoelastic (Frequency Domain)
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type
is Viscoelastic (Frequency Domain). This generates a *STEADY STATE DYNAMIC procedure.
Viscoelastic (Frequency Domain)
If the selected solution type is Viscoelastic (Frequency Domain), then the following parameters may be
defined on the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Ph Angle Stress Components
The phase angle shift of the stress components. PHS
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
426
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that, for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Ph Angle Strain Components
The phase angle shift of the strain components. PHE
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
427Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Phase Angle Rel. Displacements
The phase angle shift of the relative displacement
components.
PU
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and so,
therefore, resist changes in the system. The direction
convention is the same as that for nodal output.
RF
Phase Angle Reaction Forces
The phase angle shift of the reaction force components. PRF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
428
Steady State Heat Transfer
This subordinate form appears whenever Solution Parameters is selected and the solution type is Steady
State Heat Transfer. This generates a ∗HEAT TRANSFER, STEADY STATE procedure.
Steady State Heat Transfer
If the selected solution type is Steady State Heat Transfer, then the following parameters may be defined
on the Output Requests form.
Element Mass Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Element Temperature Temperature. TEMP
Heat Flux Current magnitude and components of the heat flux
vector. The integration of points for these values are
located at the Gauss points.
HFL
Nodal Temperatures All temperature values at a node. These will be the
temperatures defined as degrees-of-freedom if heat
transfer elements are connected to the node, or
predefined temperatures if the node is only connected to
stress elements without temperature degrees-of-freedom.
NT
Reaction Fluxes All reaction flux values (conjugate to temperature). RFL
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
429Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Concentrated Fluxes All concentrated flux values. CFL
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Creation
430
Transient Heat Transfer
This subordinate option is Transient Heat Transfer. This generates a ∗HEAT TRANSFER procedure.
Transient Heat Transfer
If the selected solution type is Transient Heat Transfer, then the following parameters may be defined on
the Output Requests form.
431Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisStep Creation
Parameter Name Description
Output Variable Identifier
Element Temperature Temperature. TEMP
Heat Flux Current magnitude and components of the heat flux
vector. The integration of points for these values are
located at the Gauss points.
HFL
Nodal Temperatures All temperature values at a node. These will be the
temperatures defined as degrees-of-freedom if heat
transfer elements are connected to the node, or
predefined temperatures if the node is only connected to
stress elements without temperature degrees-of-freedom.
NT
Reaction Fluxes All reaction flux values (conjugate to temperature). RFL
Concentrated Fluxes All concentrated flux values. CFL
Element Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideStep Selection
432
Step Selection
This subordinate form appears whenever the Step Selection button is selected on the main Analysis form.
This form is used to select and order the Job Steps that will be analyzed for the ABAQUS Job.
433Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisRead Input File
Read Input File
It is possible to read an existing ABAQUS input file (jobname.inp) into Patran. This is not a fully
supported feature and must be invoked by setting a special parameter. This is done by editing the
settings.pcl file and adding the following line:
pref_env_set_logical( "shareware_input_file", TRUE )
If this setting is set to TRUE, then an additional Action item will appear under the Analysis form called
Read Input File. This file can exist in the installation, local or home directories.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideRead Input File
434
435Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisABAQUS Input File Reader
ABAQUS Input File Reader
This section describes a software module that reads ABAQUS input files and writes the data to the
MSC/PATRAN database in a form compatible with the MSC/PATRAN ABAQUS preference.
Input Deck Formats
Both fixed format and free format entries are supported. Floating point formats with and without an “E”
in the exponent are supported (e.g. 1.23E6 and 1.23+6 are both supported).
Message File
Informative, warning, and error messages are written to an external file with the name
<input_file_basename>.msg.<version_number> where <input_file_basename> is the portion of the
ABAQUS input file name before the suffix and <version_number> is a unique version number beginning
with 01. After import, this file should be carefully examined to understand what was processed by the
reader and what was not. Sometimes the error messages will indicate where minor editing of the input
deck will convert an unsupported entity to one that can be handled by the reader.
ABAQUS ELSET and NSET Entries
A PATRAN group is created for each ABAQUS ELSET or NSET entry. The name of the group is taken
from the NAME parameter of the ELSET or NSET.
Supported Element Types
When the reader encounters a *ELEMENT entry, the combination of the element type and the ABAQUS
property set entry are used to map the ABAQUS element type to the appropriate PATRAN element type.
In some cases this is not possible because not all ABAQUS element types are currently supported in
PATRAN. In these cases, the reader attempts to find the PATRAN element type that “best” matches the
ABAQUS type. Thus, the ABAQUS elements retain their association to their property set. This allows
the finite element mesh to be edited in PATRAN and an ABAQUS input deck output that can be easily
edited to correct the property entry.
Supported Keywords
The table below describes the ABAQUS keywords that are supported in the current version of
the product.
ABAQUS Keyword Notes
Model Section
*AMPLITUDE A PATRAN time- or frequency-dependent field is created.
*BEAM GENERAL
SECTION
A PATRAN property set is created.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideABAQUS Input File Reader
436
*BEAM SECTION A PATRAN property set is created.
*BOUNDARY A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS BOUNDARY and
added to all load cases. Displacement, temperature, velocity, and
acceleration boundary conditions are currently supported.
*CENTROID Location is added to the PATRAN property set.
*CONDUCTIVITY Value is added to the PATRAN material.
*CONTACT NODE SET When referenced in a *CONTACT PAIR, this data is added to a
contact-type LBC set.
*CONTACT PAIR A PATRAN contact-type LBC set is created for each entry in
*CONTACT PAIR.
*CORRELATION
*DAMPING Value is added to the PATRAN material or shell element property set.
*DASHPOT A PATRAN property set is created.
*DENSITY Value is added to the PATRAN material.
*ELASTIC Values are added to the PATRAN material.
*ELCOPY Element Generation Command
*ELEMENT PATRAN elements are created. Both a PATRAN group and a property
set are created with the ELSET name.
*ELGEN PATRAN elements are created.
*ELSET A PATRAN group is created.
*EQUATION A PATRAN MPC is created. The use of node sets in *EQUATION
entries is not currently supported.
*EXPANSION Values are added to the PATRAN material.
*FRICTION The *FRICTION keyword is supported within *GAP, *INTERFACE,
and *SURFACE INTERACTION blocks. The friction properties are
added to the appropriate property or LBC set.
*GAP A PATRAN property set is created.
*HEADING A PATRAN analysis job is created with this description.
*HOURGLASS STIFFNESS The values are added to the appropriate PATRAN property set.
*INCLUDE The referenced file is read. *INCLUDE entries may be nested to any
reasonable depth.
*MASS A PATRAN property set is created.
*MATERIAL A PATRAN material is created.
*MEMBRANE SECTION A PATRAN property set is created.
ABAQUS Keyword Notes
437Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisABAQUS Input File Reader
*MPC A PATRAN MPC is created. The use of node sets in *MPC entries is
not currently supported.
*MODAL DAMPING
*NCOPY Generates additional nodes using NID and X/Y/Z offsets.
*NFILL PATRAN nodes are created. The SINGULAR option is not currently
supported.
*NGEN PATRAN nodes are created. Nodes may be generated along a line or a
circular arc (LINE=C) but not along a parabola (LINE=P).
*NODAL THICKNESS A PATRAN nodal FEM field and property set are created.
*NODE PATRAN nodes are created. If an NSET parameter is specified, a
PATRAN group is created with this name, otherwise the nodes are
added to the default group.
*NSET A PATRAN group is created.
*ORIENTATION Is used to define orientation for homogeneous or laminate material
properties.
*PLASTIC Only HARDENING=ISOTROPIC and HARDENING=KINEMATIC
are currently supported. The RATE parameter is not currently
supported; only the first set *PLASTIC entries for a material are
imported.
*PSD
*RIGID BODY When referenced in a *CONTACT PAIR, this data is added to a
contact-type LBC set.
*RIGID SURFACE The *RIGID SURFACE keyword is currently supported in two ways
by the PATRAN, ABAQUS preference. For the older style of
ABAQUS contact, which required the use of IRSx type elements,
*RIGID SURFACE entries were written out for “rigid surface type”
element properties. For the newer style of ABAQUS contact ,which
uses *CONTACT PAIR, geometric curves are selected directly in a
PATRAN contact-type LBC. Only this second usage of *RIGID
SURFACE is supported by the reader. When referenced in a
*CONTACT PAIR entry, curves are created and references to them
added to the contact-type LBC set.
*ROTARY INERTIA A PATRAN property set is created.
*SECTION POINTS Points are added to the PATRAN property set.
*SHEAR CENTER Location is added to the PATRAN property set.
*SHELL GENERAL
SECTION
A PATRAN property set is created.
*SHELL SECTION A PATRAN property set is created.
ABAQUS Keyword Notes
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideABAQUS Input File Reader
438
*SOLID SECTION A PATRAN property set is created.
*SPECTRUM
*SPECIFIC HEAT Value is added to the PATRAN material.
*SPRING A PATRAN property set is created.
*SURFACE DEFINITION When referenced in a *CONTACT PAIR, this data is added to a
contact-type LBC set.
*SURFACE INTERACTION The only keyword currently supported within this block is
*FRICTION. The keyword parameters and friction data are added to
the appropriate contact-type LBC set.
*SYSTEM PATRAN node locations are transformed to the coordinate system
defined on this entry.
*TRANSFORM A PATRAN coordinate frame is created and used to define the analysis
system for the node.
*TRANSVERSE SHEAR
STIFFNESS
The values are added to the appropriate PATRAN property set.
History Section
*BOUNDARY A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS BOUNDARY and
added to the load case for this step. Displacement, temperature,
velocity, and acceleration boundary conditions are currently
supported.
*BUCKLE The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*CFLUX A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS CFLUX and added
to the load case for this step.
*CLOAD A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS CLOAD and added
to the load case for this step.
*DFLUX A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS DFLUX and added
to the load case for this step.
*DLOAD A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS DLOAD and added
to the load case for this step. The pressure DLOAD types as well as
GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, and CORIO are currently supported.
*DYNAMIC The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*FILM A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS FILM and added to
the load case for this step.
*FREQUENCY The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
ABAQUS Keyword Notes
439Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisABAQUS Input File Reader
Both fixed format and free format entries are supported.
The table below shows the PATRAN element property options that are created when a specific ABAQUS
element type is imported.
*HEAT TRANSFER The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*MODAL DYNAMIC The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*STATIC The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*STEADY STATE
DYNAMICS
The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*STEP A PATRAN load case and an analysis job step are created for each
ABAQUS step. The parameters on the *STEP entry are added to the
analysis step
*TEMPERATURE A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS TEMPERATURE
and added to the load case for this step.
*VISCO The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
AC1D2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
AC1D3 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
AC2D4 2D Rigid Surface(LBC)
AC2D8 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
AC3D20 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
AC3D8 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
ACAX4 2D Rigid Surface(LBC)
ACAX8 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
ASI1 0D IRS (single node) Planar Elas Slip Vis Damping
ASI2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ASI2A 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ASI3 2D IRS (shell/solid) Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
ASI3A 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
ASI4 2D IRS (shell/solid) Lagrange Hard
Contact
ABAQUS Keyword Notes
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideABAQUS Input File Reader
440
ASI8 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
B21 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Standard Formulation
B21H 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Hybrid
B22 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Standard Formulation
B22H 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Hybrid
B23 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Cubic Interpolation
B23H 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Cubic Hybrid
B31 1D Beam in Space General Section Standard Formulation
B31H 1D Beam in Space General Section Hybrid
B31OS 1D Beam in Space Open Section Standard Formulation
B31OSH 1D Beam in Space Open Section Hybrid
B32 1D Beam in Space General Section Standard Formulation
B32H 1D Beam in Space General Section Hybrid
B32OS 1D Beam in Space Open Section Standard Formulation
B32OSH 1D Beam in Space Open Section Hybrid
B33 1D Beam in Space General Section Cubic Interpolation
B33H 1D Beam in Space General Section Cubic Hybrid
B34 1D Beam in Space General Section Cubic Initially Straight
C1D2 1D Truss Standard Formulation
C1D2H 1D Truss Hybrid
C1D2T 1D Truss Hybrid
C1D3 1D Truss Standard Formulation
C1D3H 1D Truss Hybrid
C1D3T 1D Truss Standard Formulation
C3D10 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D10E 3D Solid Homogeneous Homogeneous
C3D10H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D10M 3D Solid Homogeneous Modified Formulation
C3D10MH 3D Solid Homogeneous Modified/Hybrid
C3D15 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D15E 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D15H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D15V 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D15VH 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D20 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20E 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D20HT 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20P 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
441Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisABAQUS Input File Reader
C3D20PH 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20R 3D Solid Homogeneous Reduced Integration
C3D20RE 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20RH 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
C3D20RHT 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20RP 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20RPH 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20RT 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20T 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D27 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D27H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D27R 3D Solid Homogeneous Reduced Integration
C3D27RH 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
C3D4 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D4E 3D Solid Standard Formulation
C3D4H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D6 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D6E 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D6H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D8 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D8E 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D8H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D8HT 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D8I 3D Solid Homogeneous Incompatible Modes
C3D8IH 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
C3D8R 3D Solid Homogeneous Reduced Integration
C3D8RH 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
C3D8T 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
CAX3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX3E 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX3H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX4E 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX4H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX4HT 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideABAQUS Input File Reader
442
CAX4I 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Incompatible Modes
CAX4IH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
CAX4P 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX4PH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX4R 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAX4RH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAX4T 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX6 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX6E 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Axisymmetric
CAX6H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX6M 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Modified Formulation
CAX6MH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Modified/Hybrid
CAX8 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX8E 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8HT 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8P 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8PH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8R 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAX8RE 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8RH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAX8RHT 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8RP 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8RPH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8RT 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8T 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA41 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA42 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA43 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA44 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA4H1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA4H2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA4H3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA4H4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA4R1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA4R2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
443Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisABAQUS Input File Reader
CAXA4R3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA4R4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA4RH1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA4RH2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA4RH3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA4RH4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA81 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA82 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA83 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA84 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA8H1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8H2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8H3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8H4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8P1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8P2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8P3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8P4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8R1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA8R2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA8R3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA8R4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA8RH1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA8RH2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA8RH3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA8RH4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA8RP1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8RP2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8RP3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8RP4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CGAX3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideABAQUS Input File Reader
444
CGAX3H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CGAX4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CGAX4H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CGAX4I 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Incompatible Modes
CGAX4IH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
CGAX4R 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CGAX4RH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CGAX6 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Axisymmetric
CGAX6H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CGAX8 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CGAX8H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CGAX8R 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CGAX8RH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CGPE10 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CGPE10H 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid
CGPE10R 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CGPE10RH 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CGPE5 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CGPE5H 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid
CGPE6 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CGPE6H 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid
CGPE6I 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Incompatible Modes
CGPE6IH 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
CGPE6R 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CGPE6RH 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CGPE8 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CGPE8H 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
445Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisABAQUS Input File Reader
CONN2D2 1D Mech Joint (2D
Model)
ALIGN
AXIAL
BEAM
CARTESIAN
JOIN
JOINTC
LINK
ROTATION
SLOT
TRANSLATOR
WELD
CONN3D2 1D Mech Joint (3D
Model)
ALIGN
AXIAL
BEAM
CARDAN
CARTESIAN
CONSTANT
VELOCITY
CVJOINT
CYLINDRICAL
EULER
FLEXION-TORSION
HINGE
JOIN
JOINTC
LINK
PLANAR
RADIAL-THRUST
REVOLUTE
ROTATION
SLIDE-PLANE
SLOT
TRANSLATOR
UJOINT
UNIVERSAL
WELD
CPE3 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE3E 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Plane Strain
CPE3H 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid
CPE4 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE4E 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideABAQUS Input File Reader
446
CPE4H 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid
CPE4HT 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE4I 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Incompatible Modes
CPE4IH 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
CPE4R 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE4RH 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CPE4T 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE6 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE6E 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE6H 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid
CPE8 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE8E 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8H 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid
CPE8HT 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8P 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE8PH 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid
CPE8R 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8RE 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8RH 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CPE8RHT 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8RP 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8RPH 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CPE8RT 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8T 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPS3 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS3E 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Plane Stress
CPS4 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS4E 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Reduced Integration
CPS4I 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Incompatible Modes
CPS4R 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Reduced Integration
CPS4T 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Reduced Integration
CPS6 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS6E 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS6M 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Modified Formulation
CPS8 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
447Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisABAQUS Input File Reader
CPS8E 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS8R 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Reduced Integration
CPS8RE 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS8RT 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS8T 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
DASHPOT1 0D Grounded Damper Linear
DASHPOT2 1D Damper Linear Fixed Direction
DASHPOTA 1D Damper Linear Standard Formulation
DC1D2 1D Link
DC1D2E 1D Link
DC1D3 1D Link
DC1D3E 1D Link
DC2D3 2D 2D Solid Planar Standard Formulation
DC2D4 2D 2D Solid Planar Standard Formulation
DC2D6 2D 2D Solid Planar Standard Formulation
DC2D8 2D 2D Solid Planar Standard Formulation
DC3D10 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DC3D15 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DC3D20 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DC3D4 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DC3D6 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DC3D8 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DCAX3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
DCAX4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
DCAX6 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
DCAX8 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
DCC1D2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
DCC1D2D 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
DCC2D4 2D 2D Solid Planar Convection/Diffusion
DCC2D4D 2D 2D Solid Planar Convection/Diffusion
with Dispersion Control
DCC3D8 3D Solid Convection/Diffusion
DCC3D8D 3D Solid Convection/Diffusion
with Dispersion
Control
DCCAX2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
DCCAX2D 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
DCCAX4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Convection/Diffusion
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideABAQUS Input File Reader
448
DCCAX4D 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Convection/Diffusion
with Dispersion Control
DINTER1 1D 1D Interface
DINTER2 2D 2D Interface Planar
DINTER2A 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric
DINTER3 2D 2D Interface Planar
DINTER3A 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
DINTER4 3D 3D Interface
DINTER8 3D 3D Interface
DS4 2D Shell Homogeneous
DS8 2D Shell Homogeneous
DSAX1 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
DSAX2 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
ELBOW31 1D Beam in Space Curved with Pipe
Section
Standard Formulation
ELBOW31B 1D Beam in Space Curved with Pipe
Section
Ovalization Only
ELBOW31C 1D Beam in Space Curved with Pipe
Section
Ovaliz Only with
Approximated Fourier
ELBOW32 1D Beam in Space Curved with Pipe
Section
Standard Formulation
F2D2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
F3D3 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
F3D4 2D Rigid Surface(LBC)
FAX2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
FLINK 1D Link
GAPCYL 1D Gap Cylindrical True Distance
GAPSPHER 1D Gap Spherical Elas Slip Vis Damping
GAPUNI 1D Gap Uniaxial Lagrange Vis Damping
No Sep
INTER1 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
INTER1P 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
INTER1T 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
INTER2 2D IRS (shell/solid) Lagrange Hard
Contact
INTER2A 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Hard Contact
INTER2AT 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Hard Contact
INTER2T 2D IRS (shell/solid) Lagrange Hard
Contact
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
449Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisABAQUS Input File Reader
INTER3 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER3A 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER3AP 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER3AT 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER3P 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER3T 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER4 3D 3D Interface Lagrange Vis
Damping
INTER4T 3D 3D Interface Lagrange Vis
Damping
INTER8 3D 3D Interface Elas Slip Vis Damping
INTER8T 3D 3D Interface Elas Slip Vis Damping
INTER9 3D 3D Interface Lagrange Vis
Damping
IRS12 0D IRS (single node) Planar Elas Slip Vis Damping
IRS13 0D IRS (single node) Planar Elas Slip Vis Damping
IRS21 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
IRS21A 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
IRS22 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
IRS22A 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
IRS3 2D IRS (shell/solid) Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
IRS31 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
IRS32 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
IRS4 2D IRS (shell/solid) Lagrange Hard
Contact
IRS9 2D IRS (shell/solid) Lagrange Hard
Contact
ISL21 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL21A 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL21AT 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL21T 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL22 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
ISL22A 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
ISL22AT 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
ISL31 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL31A 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL32 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
ISL32A 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideABAQUS Input File Reader
450
ISP1 0D IRS (single node) Planar Elas Slip Vis Damping
ISP1T 0D IRS (single node) Planar Elas Slip Vis Damping
ISP3 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
ISP4 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
ISP4T 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
JOINTC 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
LS6 2D Shell Thin Homogeneous
M3D3 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
M3D4 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
M3D4R 2D Membrane Reduced Integration
M3D6 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
M3D8 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
M3D8R 2D Membrane Reduced Integration
M3D9 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
M3D9R 2D Membrane Reduced Integration
MASS 0D Mass
MAX1 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
MAX2 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
MGAX1 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
MGAX2 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
PIPE21 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Standard Formulation
PIPE21H 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Hybrid
PIPE22 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Standard Formulation
PIPE22H 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Hybrid
PIPE31 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Standard Formulation
PIPE31H 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Standard Formulation
PIPE32 1D Beam in Space Pipe Section Standard Formulation
PIPE32H 1D Beam in Space Pipe Section Standard Formulation
R2D2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
R3D3 2D Rigid Surface(LBC)
R3D4 2D Rigid Surface(LBC)
RAX2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
RB2D2 1D Rigid Line(LBC)
RB3D2 1D Rigid Line(LBC)
ROTARYI 0D Rotary Inertia
S3 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
S3R 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
S4 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
S4R 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
451Chapter 3 : Running AnalysisABAQUS Input File Reader
S4R5 2D Shell Thin Homogeneous
S8R 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
S8R5 2D Shell Thin Homogeneous
S8RT 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
S9R5 2D Shell Thin Homogeneous
SAX1 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAX2 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAX2T 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA11 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA12 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA13 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA14 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA21 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA22 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA23 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA24 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SPRING1 0D Grounded Spring Linear
SPRING2 1D Spring Linear Fixed Direction
SPRINGA 1D Spring Linear Standard Formulation
STRI3 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
STRI35 2D Shell Thin Homogeneous
STRI65 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
T2D2 1D Truss Hybrid
T2D2E 1D Truss Hybrid
T2D2H 1D Truss Hybrid
T2D2T 1D Truss Hybrid
T2D3 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T2D3E 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T2D3H 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T2D3T 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T3D2 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T3D2E 1D Truss Hybrid
T3D2H 1D Truss Hybrid
T3D2T 1D Truss Hybrid
T3D3 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T3D3E 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T3D3H 1D Truss Hybrid
T3D3T 1D Truss Standard Formulation
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideABAQUS Input File Reader
452
Under some circumstances, the values of the option menus in Patran (Option 1 and Option 2) may be
different than shown in the table. This is often the case when the ABAQUS element is one that is not
directly supported by the Patran interface and the translator is making a “best guess” at which Patran
element to choose. For many beam elements in the table, Option 1 is shown as “General Section”.
Depending on the beam cross section type defined on the *BEAM SECTION or *BEAM GENERAL
SECTION entry, Option 1 may be General Section, Box Section, Circular Section, Hexagonal Section, I
Section, Pipe Section, Rectangular Section, or Trapezoid Section. For the 3D solid elements and shell
elements in the table, Option 1 is shown as Homogeneous. Depending on the *SHELL SECTION or
*SHELL GENERAL SECTION entry, Option 1 may be either Homogeneous or Laminate.
Chapter 4: Read Results
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference Guide
4 Read Results
� Review of the Read Results Form 454
� Translation Parameters 457
� Select Results File 458
� Data Translated from the Analysis Code Results File 463
� Key Differences between Attach and Translate Methods 464
� Delete Result Attachment Form 466
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference GuideReview of the Read Results Form
454
Review of the Read Results Form
By choosing the Analysis toggle located on the Patran main form, an Analysis form will appear.
Selecting Read Results as the Action on the Analysis form allows you to read results data into the Patran
database from a text (“jobname”.fin) or binary (“jobname”.fil) ABAQUS results file, or to
access ABAQUS results directly from an ABAQUS results output database (“jobname”.odb). Other
forms that are accessible from here are used to define translation parameters and select the ABAQUS
results file. These forms are described on the following pages.
Upgrading ABAQUS ODB Results Files
Since the ABAQUS DRA in Patran is integrated with the ABAQUS 6.3-1 libraries, you must make sure
your ODB results files have been upgraded to 6.3 before attempting to attach to them from within Patran.
This can be done in one of two ways:
Manually Upgrade ODB Files
The procedure for upgrading ODB files is part of ABAQUS:
abaqus upgrade job=job-name odb=old-odb-file-name
Automatic Upgrade of ODB Files
If you want to automatically upgrade your older ODB results files, you can set the following
environment variable:
Setenv ABAQUS_DRA_UPGRADE_ODB=YES
By setting this variable, Patran will make a copy of the ODB results file and upgrade the copy to the
current version of ABAQUS.
455Chapter 4: Read ResultsReview of the Read Results Form
Read Results Form
Read Results defines the type of data to be read from the analysis code results file into Patran. The Object
box may only be set to Results Entities.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference GuideReview of the Read Results Form
456
Flat File Results
In some cases, the translation will not be able to write the data directly into the Patran database. In those
cases, a text file will be created containing all the instructions as to how this data is to be loaded into the
database. This file can be transferred between computers if necessary, then read into the proper database
using the File Import functionality. The full functionality of this form is described in Working with Files
(p. 45) in the Patran Reference Manual.
457Chapter 4: Read ResultsTranslation Parameters
Translation Parameters
The Translation Parameters form is used to define filters for the data being accessed.
Attach Method
There is only one filter control for the Attach method, which indicates whether or not to allow access to
the results invariants, as calculated by Abaqus.
Translate and Control File Methods
Translation parameters for the Translate and Control File methods include the results filtering options
based on the step number and the increment number. If none of the options are specified, then all the
results will be translated. If only step is specified, then all the increments in that step will be translated.
If only increment is specified, then that increment for the first step will be translated. If both step and
increment are specified, then only the increment for that step will be translated.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference GuideSelect Results File
458
Select Results File
The Select file form allows you to select a file to be read. There are several features available. This form
is brought up when you select the Select Results File button on the Read Results form. The default file
filters will change depending on the Current analysis code in the Preferences menu.
Results Created in Patran
For direct ODB access (Attach method), no results are created in Patran, and all result types represented
within the field output data in the ODB file are available for postprocessing.
The following table indicates all the possible results quantities which can be loaded into the Patran
database during results translation (Translate method) from ABAQUS. The Primary and Secondary
Labels are the items you select from the postprocessing menus. The Type indicates whether the results
are Scalar, Vector, or Tensor. This determines which postprocessing techniques will be available to view
this results quantity. Post Codes indicates which ABAQUS element post codes the data comes from. The
Description gives a brief discussion about the results quantity. The Output Requests forms use the actual
459Chapter 4: Read ResultsSelect Results File
primary and secondary labels that will appear in the results. For example, if “Strain, Elastic” is selected
on the Element Output Requests form, the “Strain, Elastic” is created for postprocessing.
Table 4-1 Results Quantities Loaded into Patran During Translation
Primary Label Secondary Label TypeResults
Key
Acceleration Generalized Rotational Vector 303
Generalized Translational Vector 303
Rotational Vector 103
Translational Vector 103
Base Motion Rotational Vector 304
Translational Vector 304
Change in Length Components Tensor 21
Concentrated Flux (Nodal) Layer or Section Points Scalar 206
Concentrated Load Vector 106
Moment Vector 106
Deformation Displacements Vector 101
Rotations Vector 101
Displacements Generalized Displacements Vector 301
Generalized Rotations Vector 301
Elastic Strain Components Tensor 25
Energy Density Artificial Strain Energy Scalar 14
Creep Dissipation Scalar 14
Plastic Dissipation Scalar 14
Strain Energy Scalar 14
Viscous Dissipation Scalar 14
Energy in Element Artificial Strain Energy Scalar 19
Creep Dissipation Scalar 19
Kinetic Energy Scalar 19
Plastic Dissipation Scalar 19
Strain Energy Scalar 19
Viscous Dissipation Scalar 19
Total Energy Total Artificial Strain Energy Scalar 1999
Total Creep Dissipation Scalar 1999
Total Energy Loss at Impact Scalar 1999
Total External Work Scalar 1999
Total Kinetic Scalar 1999
Total Plastic Dissipation Scalar 1999
Total Strain Scalar 1999
Total Viscous Dissipation Scalar 1999
Force and Shear Force Components Tensor 11
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference GuideSelect Results File
460
Force Components Tensor 11
Frequency Steady State Dynamics Scalar 2000
Heat Flux (Nodal) Components Vector 10
Heat Flux Components Vector 28
Magnitude Scalar 28
Inelastic Strain Components Tensor 24
Internal Flux (Nodal) Layer or Section Points Scalar 214
Internal Forces Components at Element Node Vector 15
Mass Flux Components Vector 39
Magnitude Scalar 39
Modal Composite Damping Scalar 1980
Effective Mass Scalar 1980
Eigen Values Scalar 1980
Generalized Mass Scalar 1980
Participation Factor Scalar 1980
Mag-Phase Strain Components Tensor 65
Mag-Phase Stress Components Tensor 62
Phase Angle Generalized Displacements Vector 305
Generalized Rotational Acceleration Vector 307
Generalized Rotational Velocities Vector 306
Generalized Rotations Vector 305
Generalized Translational Accelerations Vector 307
Generalized Translational Velocities Vector 306
Mag-Phase Reaction Force Vector 135
Mag-Phase Reaction Moment Vector 135
Mag-Phase Displacements Displacements Vector 111
Mag-Phase Acceleration Rotational Vector 137
Mag-Phase Velocity Rotational Vector 136
Mag-Phase Displacements Rotations Vector 111
Mag-Phase Velocity Translational Vector 136
Mag-Phase Total
Displacement
Translational Vector 112
Mag-Phase Total
Acceleration
Rotational Vector 140
Mag-Phase Total Velocity Rotational Vector 139
Mag-Phase Total
Displacement
Rotational Vector 112
Mag-Phase Total
Acceleration
Translational Vector 140
Table 4-1 Results Quantities Loaded into Patran During Translation (continued)
Primary Label Secondary Label TypeResults
Key
461Chapter 4: Read ResultsSelect Results File
Mag-Phase Total Velocity Translational Vector 139
Mag-Phase Acceleration Translational Vector 137
Plastic Strain Components Tensor 22
Equivalent Scalar 22
Magnitude Scalar 22
Yield Flag Scalar 22
Pressure and Shear
Stresses
Components Tensor 11
RMS Strain Components Tensor 66
RMS Stress Components Tensor 63
Reaction Force Vector 104
Moment Vector 104
Relative Displacements
and Shear Slips
Components Tensor 21
Rel. Normal & Tangential
Displacements
Components Tensor 21
Residual Flux (Nodal) Layer and Section Points Scalar 204
Root Mean Square Reaction Forces Vector 134
Reaction Moments Vector 134
Relative Displacements Vector 123
Relative Rotational Accelerations Vector 131
Relative Rotational Velocities Vector 127
Relative Rotations Vector 123
Relative Translational Velocities Vector 127
Total Displacements Vector 124
Total Rotational Accelerations Vector 132
Total Rotational Velocities Vector 128
Total Rotations Vector 124
Total Translational Accelerations Vector 132
Total Translational Velocities Vector 128
Relative Translational Accelerations Vector 131
Strain Components Tensor 21
Table 4-1 Results Quantities Loaded into Patran During Translation (continued)
Primary Label Secondary Label TypeResults
Key
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference GuideSelect Results File
462
Stress 1st Principal Scalar 12
2nd Principal Scalar 12
3rd Principal Scalar 12
3rd Stress Invariant Scalar 12
Components Tensor 11
Hydrostatic Pressure Scalar 12
Maximum Stress in Section Scalar 16
Mises Scalar 12
Tresca Scalar 12
Temperature (Nodal) Layer or Section Points Scalar 201
Temperature Element Centroidal Temperature Scalar 2
Total Acceleration Rotational Vector 115
Translational Vector 115
Total Displacement Rotational Vector 113
Translational Vector 113
Total Velocity Rotational Vector 114
Translational Vector 114
Total Creep Time Scalar 2000
Dynamic Time Scalar 2000
Heat Transfer Time Scalar 2000
Soils Time Scalar 2000
Time Scalar 2000
Velocity Generalized Rotational Vector 302
Generalized Translational Vector 302
Rotational Vector 102
Translational Vector 102
Creep Strain Components Tensor 23
Equivalent Scalar 23
Magnitude Scalar 23
Yield Flag Scalar 23
Table 4-1 Results Quantities Loaded into Patran During Translation (continued)
Primary Label Secondary Label TypeResults
Key
463Chapter 4: Read ResultsData Translated from the Analysis Code Results File
Data Translated from the Analysis Code Results File
When reading model data from an ABAQUS results file, the following table defines all the data which
will be created. No other model data is extracted from the results file. This data should be sufficient for
evaluating any results values.
Item Results Key Description
Nodes 1901 Node ID
Nodal Coordinates
Elements 1900 Element ID
Nodal Connectivity
Groups n/a, ODB access only Group name
Node and Element references
Groups are generated for each part instance, as well as for each
node and element set.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference GuideKey Differences between Attach and Translate Methods
464
Key Differences between Attach and Translate Methods
The most obvious difference between direct ODB access (Attach method) and results translation
(Translate method) is that the results are not imported into the Patran database in the case of the former,
while they are for the latter. Direct access avoids redundancy and saves disk space, while Translation uses
more disk space, but takes less time to retrieve results for postprocessing.
The following sections describe other differences that users should be aware of, before deciding which
method to use.
Result Type Naming Conventions
The names used for the result types within an ODB attachment come directly from the field output
description fields of the ODB database. Using the “direct access” philosophy of bringing the data in as-
is, there is no attempt to map those names to the same names used by the Translate method (listed in
Table 4-1).
Therefore, direct ODB access will use Abaqus terminology exclusively in generating the result type
names. The primary name is equal to the field output description field, while the secondary name is the
field output key. For example, the stress tensor result type is “Stress components, S”, where “Stress
components” is the field output description, and “S” is the field output key.
Vector vs. Scalar Moment and Rotational Results
For results such as reaction moments or rotational displacements, the ODB database saves space by only
storing results for the non-zero component, whenever possible. So, if non-zero values for moments only
occur in the Z component, then the ODB database stores it as a scalar result (e.g. key RM3). However,
the Translate method will import the results as vector results, with the X and Y values always being zero.
This difference may cause confusion when comparing translated results against direct ODB access via
the quick or fringe plot operations, where reaction moments and rotational displacements are concerned.
The default “invariant” for fringe plots of vector data is “Magnitude”, which is always a positive value.
If the magnitude of the translated vector data is compared against the ODB scalar data, then they will not
always match (all negative data from the ODB access will be flipped positive in the translated plot). To
compare “apples with apples”, one must display the appropriate component (Z from our example) from
the translated case, and compare that against the scalar (key RM3) from the direct ODB access case.
465Chapter 4: Read ResultsKey Differences between Attach and Translate Methods
Reaction Forces
During translation, only non-zero reaction force data is imported. Direct ODB access, on the other hand,
returns zero vectors for any nodes that do not have any reaction forces. This makes no difference for the
display of reaction force vectors; however, if one displays a fringe plot distribution of the reaction forces,
the fringe plots vary between translation and direct ODB access dramatically. The translation plot is all
black, with only the min/max values displayed on a hidden line plot; while the ODB fringe plot shows a
color distribution from the zero values (white over most of the model) to the non-zero values. For the
latter, the contours only vary over elements with nodes having non-zero reaction forces.
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference GuideDelete Result Attachment Form
466
Delete Result Attachment Form
The following form may be used to remove a results attachment, created via the Attach method, from
the database.
Chapter 5 : Files
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
5 Files
� Files 468
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference GuideFiles
468
Files
There are several files associated which are either used or created by the Patran ABAQUS Application
Preference. The following table describes each file and how it is used. In the definition of the file names,
any occurrence of “jobname” would be replaced with the jobname the user assigns.
File Name Description
jobname.db This is the Patran database from which the model data is read during an
analyze pass, and into which model and⁄or results data is written during
a Read Results pass.
jobname.jbm
jobname.jbr
These are small files used to pass certain information between Patran and
the Application Preference during translation. You should never have
need to do anything directly with these files.
jobname.inp This is the ABAQUS input file created by the interface.
jobname.fil This is the ABAQUS results file which is read by the Read Results pass.
jobname.flat This file may be generated during a Read Results pass. If the results
translation cannot, for any reason, write data directly into the jobname.db
Patran database, it will create this jobname.flat file.
jobname.msg These message files contain any diagnostic output from the translation,
either forward or reverse.
AbaqusExecute This is a UNIX script file which is called on to submit both the forward
PAT3ABA translation program, as well as to submit ABAQUS after
translation is complete. This file should be customized for your
particular site installation.
ResultsSubmit This is another UNIX script which is called on to submit the reverse,
ABAPAT3 translation program. This file should also be customized for
your particular site.
load_abaqus.ses This file is only used when creating a new Patran template database. This
file loads in all the element, material, MPCs and loads and boundary
condition tables for the Patran ABAQUS product.
Chapter 6 : Errors/Warnings
Patran Intreface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
6 Errors/Warnings
� Errors/Warnings 470
Patran Intreface to ABAQUS Preference GuideErrors/Warnings
470
Errors/Warnings
There are several error or warning messages which may be generated by the Patran ABAQUS
Application Preference.
Message Description
Fatal This error stops the translation and exits the Preference.
Warning Some expected action did not execute. Translation continues. Check
the .msg file.
Information General Messages about the translation.
jp`Kc~íáÖìÉ=nìáÅâ=pí~êí=dìáÇÉ
I n dex
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
få
Ç
É
ñ=
Index
Numerics1D interface, 96, 104, 151
2D interface, 101, 104
2D orthotropic, 81
2D orthotropic lamina, 54
2D solid, 100, 104
3D anisotropic, 56, 84
3D anisotropic thermal, 88
3D interface, 103, 105, 312
3D orthotropic, 55, 82
3D orthotropic thermal, 87
Aabapat3, 4
ABAQUS, 3
abaqus.plb, 4, 5
AbaqusExecute, 468
AbaqusSubmit, 5, 7
acceleration, 334, 340
Acommand, 7
amplitude, 14
analysis, 354
arbitrary beam, 127
area moment I12, 126
average shear stiffness, 254
axisymmetric 2D interface, 279
axisymmetric ISL, 156
axisymmetric shell, 95, 104, 148
laminate, 149
axisymmetric solid, 273
Bbase motion, 15, 388
beam, 28, 32
circular, 122
cross-sectional shape, 122
elements, 16, 17, 18
general section, 11, 117, 125
hexagonal, 122
in space, 93
in XY plane, 92
section, 11
bifurcation buckling, 365, 373, 374
bilinear, 28, 36
boundary, 14, 15
box beam, 119
buckle, 15
CC biquad, 29, 39
cap
hardening, 13, 78
plasticity, 13
centrifugal force, 339
centroid, 11
centroid coordinate, 126
CETOL, 418
CFLUX, 15
change material status, 52
circular beam, 122
solid, 122
clearance zero damping, 114, 117, 153
clearance zero-pressure, 114, 117, 153
CLOAD, 15
combined creep test data, 71
combined test data, 13
composite, 56, 88, 319
conductivity, 13
constitutive models, 52
control, 104
convection, 104, 334, 348
convection/diffusion, 320, 323
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
472
coordinate frames, 22
Coriolis force, 339
correlation, 15
creep, 13, 54, 55, 56, 79, 80, 367, 417, 418
creep test data, 71
cubic hybrid, 92, 93
cubic initially straight, 93
cubic interpolation, 92, 93
curved pipe, 130
Ddamper, 94
damping, 13
direct, 387
Rayleigh, 388
zero clearance, 114, 117, 153
dashpot, 12
elements, 19
DASHPOT1, 110
DASHPOT2, 142, 144
DASHPOTA, 141, 143
deformation plasticity, 13, 54, 73
degree-of-freedom, 30
density, 13, 67, 88
DFLUX, 15
diffusion, 104
direct linear transient, 365, 376, 377
direct steady state dynamics, 365, 380
direct text input, 360, 363
dispersion, 104
displacement, 334, 337
DLOAD, 15
Drucker-Prager, 13, 77
dynamic, 15
Eeigenvalue, 364
eigenvalue buckling, 365
EL
file, 16, 362
print, 16, 362
elastic, 13, 53, 54, 55, 56, 58, 81, 82, 83
elastic slip, 113, 116, 152, 154, 157, 160, 162,
165, 168, 170, 278, 280, 282, 314
hard contact, 92
no separation, 92
soft contact, 92
vis damping, 92
vis damping no separation, 92
elbow, 29, 42
elements, 19
MPC, 42
ELBOW31, 42, 130
ELBOW31B, 130
ELBOW32, 42, 130
element, 11, 25
definition, 11
matrix output, 16, 362
properties, 90
elements
beam, 16, 17, 18
dashpot, 19
elbow, 19
gap, 20
heat transfer, 20, 21
mass, 19
membrane, 18
rigid surface contact, 20
rotary inertia, 19
shell, 19
slide line contact, 20
small sliding contact, 20
spring, 19
ELSET, 11, 352
end step, 15
energy
file, 16, 362
print, 16, 362
engineering constants, 82
equation, 14, 28, 31
expansion, 13, 67
explicit, 28
Ffatal, 470
473INDEX
file
EL, 16, 362
energy, 16, 362
format, 16, 362
modal, 16, 362
node, 16, 362
output definition, 16
film, 15
finite elements, 23
flat file results, 456
force, 334, 337
Frac Clearance Const Damping, 114, 117, 153
fraction of critical damping, 59
frequency, 15, 394
friction, 12, 112
Friction in Dir_1, 113, 116
Friction in Dir_2, 116
Ggap, 12, 95
conductance, 12, 317, 324
cylindrical, 145
elements, 20
radiation, 12, 317, 324
spherical, 147
uniaxial, 145
GAPCYL, 146
GAPSPHER, 147
GAPUNI, 146
general beam, 117, 124
general large strain, 266
general thick, 262
general thick shell
laminated, 264
general thin, 258
general thin shell
laminated, 261
gravity loads, 339
grounded damper, 92
grounded spring, 92
group, 352
HHAFTOL, 412, 413
hard contact, 114, 117, 153, 155, 158, 160, 163,
166, 169, 171, 278, 281, 283, 314
harmonic loading, 365
heat flux, 334, 349
heat source, 334, 349
heat transfer, 15
elements, 20, 21
hexagonal beam, 122
Hilber-Hughes-Taylor operator, 365
host, 7
hourglass stiffness, 12, 255
bending, 254, 257, 260, 263, 266, 269
membrane, 254, 257, 260, 263, 266, 269
normal, 254, 257, 260, 263, 266, 269
hybrid, 92, 93, 100, 269, 310
integration, 100
modes, 100
hyperbolic, 80
hyperelastic, 13, 53, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66,
68
hyperfoam, 13, 67
Iimport input file, 433
incompatible modes, 100, 269, 270, 272, 273,
274, 310
inertia
rotary, 12
inertial load, 334, 339
information, 470
initial conditions, 14
initial temperature, 334, 350
initial velocity, 334, 339
input data, 334
interface, 12, 112
IRS, 97, 102, 112, 115
axisymmetric, 167
beam/pipe, 169
planar, 164
shell/solid, 281
single node, 92
IRS12, 112
IRS13, 115
I-section, 123
ISL, 96, 97
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
474
isotropic, 53, 58, 75
thermal, 86
Jjobname.db, 468
Kkinematic, 76
constraints, 14
LLagrange
hard contact, 92
no separation, 92
soft contact, 92
vis damping, 92
vis damping no separation, 92
Lamina, 81
laminate, 56, 89
large strain, 265
latent heat, 13
linear, 28, 34
linear damper, 109, 141, 142
grounded, 109
linear spring, 108, 137, 138
grounded, 108
linear static, 364, 368, 369
linear surf-surf, 28
linear surf-surf MPC, 34
linear surf-vol, 28
linear surf-vol MPC, 34, 35
linear vol-vol, 28
linear vol-vol MPC, 36
link, 28, 33, 104
load cases, 351, 362
loading definition, 15
loads and boundary conditions, 332
L-section beam, 132
Mmass, 12, 92, 106
elements, 19
mass proportional damping, 59
material, 13
change status, 52
definition, 13
orientation, 14
temperature dependent, 53
materials, 51
form, 52
maximum friction stress, 114, 117, 152
maximum negative pressure, 114, 117, 153
maximum overclosure, 114, 117, 153
membrane, 101, 275
elements, 18
Mises/Hill, 74, 75, 76
modal
damping, 15
dynamic, 15
file, 16, 362
print, 16, 362
steady state dynamics, 365
modal linear transient, 365, 383, 384
modified Drucker-Prager/Cap, 78
Moony Rivlin, 62
MPC, 14
elbow, 42
explicit, 31
linear surf-surf, 34
linear surf-vol, 34, 35
linear vol-vol, 36
pin, 43
quad surf-surf, 37
quad surf-vol, 37, 38
quad vol-vol, 39
revolute, 44
rigid fixed, 32
rigid pinned, 33
slider, 40
SS bilinear, 48
SS linear, 47
SSF bilinear, 49
tie, 43
universal, 47
V Local, 46
multi-point constraints, 27
Nnatural frequency, 364, 371
475INDEX
Neo Hookean, 62
Newton’s method, 366
no compression, 13
no sliding contact, 114, 117, 153
no tension, 13
node, 11, 23
definition, 11
file, 16, 362
print, 16, 362
nondeterministic continuous excitation, 366
nonlinear damper, 110, 143, 144
grounded, 110
nonlinear spring, 109, 139, 140
grounded, 109
nonlinear static, 366, 407, 409
nonlinear transient dynamic, 367, 412, 414
NSET, 11, 23, 352
Oobject tables, 336
Ogden, 60, 61, 63, 64, 66, 68
open beam, 134
optional controls, 359
orientation, 14, 22, 89
system, 253
output requests, 362
Pparallel ISL, 158
pat3aba, 4
peak response, 366
perfect plasticity, 74
pin, 43
pin MPC, 43
pipe beam, 123
planar
2D interface, 277
ISL, 153
test data, 13
plane strain, 269, 270
plane stress, 272
plastic, 13, 54, 55, 56, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78
point mass, 106
Poisson parameter, 118, 121, 126, 128, 133,
136
Poisson’s ratio, 67
polynomial, 60, 62, 63, 65
potential, 13
power spectral density, 403
preferences, 10
analysis, 10
preprint, 16
prescribed boundary conditions, 15
pressure, 334, 337
pressure zero clearance, 114, 117, 153
pre-tension, 347
print, 16, 362
definition, 16
EL, 16, 362
energy, 16, 362
modal, 16, 362
node, 16, 362
procedure definition, 15
Prony, 70, 367
property definition, 11
PSD-Definition, 14
Qquad surf-surf, 29
quad surf-surf MPC, 37
quad surf-vol, 29
quad surf-vol MPC, 37, 38
quad vol-vol, 29
quad vol-vol MPC, 39
quadratic, 29, 37
Rradial ISL, 161
random response, 15
random vibration, 366, 402, 403, 404
rate dependent, 13
read input file, 433
read results, 454, 455
read temperature file, 368
rebar 2D, 285
rectangular beam, 124
reduced integration, 100, 269, 270, 272, 273,
274, 275, 310
reference temperature, 59
relaxation test data, 72
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
476
response spectrum, 15, 366, 394, 395, 396, 397
restart, 14
restart parameters, 358
results file
select, 458
ResultsSubmit, 5, 468
revolute, 29, 44
revolute MPC, 44
rigid
fixed, 28
pinned, 28
rigid fixed MPC, 32
rigid line, 98
LBC, 175
rigid pinned MPC, 33
rigid surf, 98, 102
rigid surface, 11, 112, 115, 165, 167, 170, 171,
172, 174, 175, 281, 283
axisymmetric, 173
Bezier 2D, 174
Bezier 3D, 283
cylindrical, 172
LBC, 284
segments, 171
rigid surface contact
elements, 20
ROTARI, 107
rotary inertia, 12, 92, 107
elements, 19
rough (no slip) friction, 114, 117, 153, 155, 158,
160, 163, 166, 169, 278, 281, 283, 314
rough parameter, 171
SScratchdir, 7
section point coordinate, 126
shear centroid coordinate, 126
shear factor, 118, 121, 126, 129, 134, 136
shear test data, 13
shell, 100, 104
elements, 19
general section, 12, 262
section, 12, 255
simple shear test data, 14
slide line, 11, 97, 163
slide line contact
elements, 20
slider, 29, 40
slider MPC, 40
sliding friction, 113, 154, 157, 159, 162, 165,
168, 170, 282
slip tolerance, 113, 116, 152
small sliding contact
elements, 20
soft contact, 114, 117, 153, 155, 158, 160, 163,
166, 169, 171, 278, 280, 283, 314
solid, 103, 105, 310
solid section, 12
solution types, 364
specific heat, 14, 88
spectrum, 14
spring, 12, 94
elements, 19
SPRING1, 108, 109
SPRING2, 138, 140
SPRINGA, 137, 139
SS bilinear, 29, 30, 38, 48
SS bilinear MPC, 48
SS linear, 28, 30, 35, 47
SS linear MPC, 47
SSF bilinear, 30, 49
SSF bilinear MPC, 49
standard formulation, 92, 93, 100, 104
static, 15, 334
steady state dynamics, 15, 389, 390
steady state heat transfer, 367, 428
steady state response, 365
step, 15
creation, 361
initialization, 15
selection, 432
termination, 15
stiffness
hourglass, 12
transverse shear, 13
stiffness in stick, 113, 117, 152
stiffness proportional damping, 59
strain, 79
surface contact, 12, 279
477INDEX
Ttabular formula, 69
tangent elastic moduli, 364
TAUMAX, 152, 155, 158, 160, 163, 166, 169,
171, 278, 280, 283, 314
temperature, 15, 334, 338
thermal, 334, 348
temperature dependent material, 53
test data
combined, 13
creep, 71
creep combined, 71
Ogden, 66
planar, 13
relaxation, 72
shear, 13
simple shear, 14
uniaxial, 14
volumetric, 14
thermal 1D interface, 317
thermal axisymmetric shell, 315
laminated, 316
thermal expansion coefficient, 59, 67
thermal interface
planar, 321
solid, 324
thermal link, 314
thermal planar solid, 320
thermal shell, 318
laminated, 319
thermal solid, 323
thermal strain, 59
thick shell, 255
laminated, 257
thin shell, 252
laminated, 254
tie, 29, 43
tie MPC, 43
time, 79
time dependent loading, 365
torsional constant, 126, 135
transform, 11, 22
transient, 335
transient heat transfer, 367, 430
translation parameters, 357, 457
transverse shear stiffness, 13, 122, 125, 127
trapezoid beam, 124
true distance, 95
truss, 94, 136
Uuniaxial test data, 14
universal, 30, 47
universal MPC, 47
VV Local, 29, 46
V Local MPC, 46
velocity, 334, 340
VISCO, 15, 417
viscoelastic, 14, 54, 55, 56, 69, 70, 71, 72
frequency domain, 367, 425
time domain, 367, 421, 422
volumetric pressure, 67
volumetric test data, 14, 67
Wwarning, 470
warping constant, 136
wavefront minimization, 14
XXY plane
definition, 126, 128
Yyield, 14
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
478